units

faculty-ug-edu

Faculty of Education

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2014 Undergraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2014 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedOverseas First semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2014 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Trimester 2 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Wendy Goff (Berwick); Mr John Pardy (Clayton); Dr Timothy Fish (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the requirements of university study. It provides students with a range of specific capabilities that are essential for engaged and successful undergraduate study. The unit content is arranged around the relationships between the learner, the university's requirements and the expectations of students. Students are introduced to the rigours of university learning and the ranges of scholarly traditions and practices. Emphasis is given to the importance of independent learning in university studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the tenets of university scholarship
  2. employ relevant theoretical and practical knowledge in a range of skills central to university learning, including critical reading and writing
  3. exercise the skills necessary to maximise their learning from lectures, tutorials and teaching materials
  4. produce essays and reports that present a critical argument and adhere to the conventions of academic presentation.

Assessment

Written work (2500 words, 55%)
Tutorial presentation (1500 words equivalent, 45%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • one 2-hour lecture per week
  • one 90 minute tutorial per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Amber McLeod (Berwick); Dr Timothy Fish (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit draws from the various disciplines in which the Diploma of Tertiary Studies students are enrolled. It explores different knowledge traditions to develop student's understanding of the importance and relationships between context and knowledge across discipline streams. It critically considers the different paradigms of knowledge to explore differences or similarities between the physical sciences and humanities or social sciences perspectives. Students identify, compare, contrast and discuss different disciplinary approaches to knowledge and become familiar with the relationships between knowledge and context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a grasp of the relationship between knowledge and context
  2. demonstrate some familiarity with a variety of knowledge traditions
  3. demonstrate independent research skills
  4. construct a bibliography and correctly use citation
  5. write well structured essays
  6. prepare for and deliver an oral report.

Assessment

Written task (2000 words, 50%)
Tutorial presentation and paper (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • one 2-hour lecture per week
  • one 90 minute tutorial per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Full year 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Monica Baker

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to foundational mathematics to provide them with the mathematics skills to support their future university studies. The unit places a strong emphasis on using mathematics in practical contexts as they relate to everyday life, employment and further study. It introduces students to the study of mathematical patterns, symbols and logic. In particular, it provides students with key aspects of foundational mathematical knowledge. Students are introduced to space, shape and design, patterns and numbers, measurement and the handling of data. Emphasis is focused upon developing student understanding and proficiency in using mathematical concepts and skills in measurement, handling data, standard calculations and geometry.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. competently use mathematical concepts and skills in measurement and calculation
  2. interpret graphs, plans and diagrams
  3. apply arithmetic operations accurately and according to their correct order
  4. solve problems as they relate to measurement, handling data and numbers, and patterns.

Assessment

Mathematics exercises (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Mathematics examination (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • lectures
  • tutorials
  • six hours of directed online activity

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 3 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the requirements of writing for academic purposes. It provides them with a range of composition skills that are essential for producing academic essays, reports and reviews. The unit introduces writing styles and conventions appropriate to university study and provides students with practical insights into structuring cohesive academic essays and reports. Students are introduced to the various styles and genres of structuring and composing writing for academic purposes. Emphasis is focused upon understanding the detailed requirements of written assignments, referencing, and developing the necessary form and structure appropriate to the required task.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the components of written academic compositions
  2. structure written academic pieces, demonstrating cohesive sentence and paragraph structuring to progress a coherent argument and perspective
  3. have well developed referencing and attribution practices that adequately cite the work of contributing sources
  4. produce essays and reports that present a critical argument and adhere to the conventions of academic presentation.

Assessment

Written work in class: paraphrasing and summary (1000 words, 25%)
Written work: developing an argument and referencing (1500 words, 35%)
Written work: an academic essay (1500 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • workshops and lectures
  • tutorials
  • online activity

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ibrahim Latheef

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of technological developments and how to utilise these in innovative ways in schools. Students explore the construction of knowledge and interaction in the digital age. They develop capabilities in understanding how information and communication technologies (ICTs) are associated with information access and management, information creation and presentation, problem solving, decision-making, communication, creative expression and empirical reasoning. Students develop knowledge, skills and dispositions around ICTs and the ability to transfer these across diverse environments, applications and pedagogical contexts. They are exposed to the diversity and interconnectedness of ICTs, including mobile technology, social networking and emerging innovative and creative technologies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate their ability to understand, analyse and respond pedagogically to current and ongoing developments in ICTs
  2. demonstrate their ability to understand and respond to the new and evolving forms of knowledge construction implicit in this digital age
  3. demonstrate their ability to understand how ICTs pervade all areas of daily life
  4. demonstrate their ability to understand, analyse and respond pedagogically to current (e.g. mobile technology, social networking) and future ICTs.

Assessment

Research-based essay outlining the past and future of ICT in education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
E-portfolio of diverse strategies for using ICT (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Joseph Agbenyega

Synopsis

This unit prepares teachers to work inclusively with the diverse learning needs of their school students and in particular with students who have a range of abilities, disabilities and impairments. It develops students' knowledge and understanding of differentiation for all ability levels, particularly in relation to children with special needs due to disability. Students are introduced to policies, legislation and research influencing schooling and classroom practices for children with special needs. They engage with theoretical perspectives and research relating to difference and disability and consider the implications for themselves, learners and families. They investigate several common approaches to the education of children with special needs including inclusive education, differentiated instruction, universal design for learning and personalised learning. They also learn how environments, curricula and pedagogies can be designed and modified to support learner's diverse needs. Students develop an understanding of the necessity of positive relationships with children and the value of partnering constructively with families and support staff to work towards educational equity and enhance the learning outcomes of children with special learning needs in primary classrooms.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse and understand how society and schools define and understand learner differences, including learners with special needs
  2. demonstrate awareness of the implications of the range of student abilities, disabilities and impairments from an educational and developmental perspective
  3. recognise and understand how policies, legislation and research impact on the education of students with special learning needs
  4. identify a range of teaching practices that are appropriate to meet the needs of students with special learning needs that align with inclusive education
  5. develop confidence and professionalism in partnering with students, families and support staff to enhance the educational outcomes of learners with special needs
  6. consider their own positioning in relation to difference, disability and impairment and how this impacts learners and families through reflexivity.

Assessment

Research paper on a critical issue related to learners with special needs in the primary classroom (1600 words, 40%)
Class presentation on a selected special need (can include individual and/or group work) (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Wendy Goff (Berwick); Dr Denise Chapman (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the multifaceted, diverse worlds of children's literacy learning spanning home, community and formal school contexts. Engagement with contemporary research literature assist students in their exploration of literacy concepts, events and theories leading to their development of pedagogical practices that support children's literacy learning in multiple contexts. A strong emphasis is given to understanding the four roles of the literate person in relation to speaking, reading, writing and listening, and recognising the importance of respecting the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on literacy learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the connections between home and community literacies with special focus on verbal and non-verbal language in context
  2. recognise how key literacy concepts are practised in early learning settings such as homes, communities, childcare, preschool and the primary school
  3. analyse and critique literacy skills such as phonemic awareness, semiotic theory, text genres, morphology, phonics, consonants, syntax, phonology and semantics
  4. engage with contemporary theories and research related to literacy learning and development from birth to 12 years
  5. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles and strategies relating to literacy for young children
  6. develop an understanding and appreciation of inclusive and diverse practices to support and engage children from a range of language heritage backgrounds, including bilingualism and multilingualism, which leads to an awareness of the cultural construction of language development.

Assessment

Research paper as a poster presentation on a key literacy topic (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Observation and critical written analysis of an everyday literacy scenario for a young child (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Grimmett (Berwick); Ms Rosemary Bennett (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to teaching and learning in, about and through the arts in early childhood. Students engage with creativity theories and creative pedagogies by being immersed in music, visual art, dance, drama and multi-media. A focus of the unit is on students developing their competencies as teachers, artists and researchers in the arts. By exploring both discipline-specific concepts and knowledge and integrated curriculum approaches, students gain an understanding of how to plan and implement creative arts experiences in educational programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of the relevance of each of the five arts domains in arts education
  2. demonstrate skills in working creatively in the arts
  3. demonstrate an understanding of effective planning and teaching of the arts for children of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. display an understanding of integrating the arts across the curriculum and assessment in the arts
  5. show an understanding of the connections between the arts, sustainability, health and wellbeing, intercultural understanding, information and communication technologies (ICTs) and Indigenous Australian and Asian people's cultures and perspectives.

Assessment

Research assignment: arts curriculum investigation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Arts-based performance (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Wendy Goff (Berwick); Dr Karina Wilkie (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding on the ways young children's mathematical thinking develops from a very early age. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding children's mathematical growth and explores experiences which give young children opportunities to learn mathematics from infancy through to the early years of school. The content addresses the transition from informal to formal mathematical concepts in young children. Students critically engage with current research, practice and policy in mathematics in multiple contexts. They begin to develop pedagogical tools that enable them to successfully support children's learning of mathematics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles and content relating to mathematics for young children
  2. understand the connections between home, pre-school/school and community mathematics teaching and learning
  3. reflect on their personal professional learning in the field of mathematics
  4. develop classroom strategies that link mathematics to practical applications, particularly in relation to measurement and space
  5. understand the importance of inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics for diverse learners.

Assessment

Observational analysis: an analytical study of a young child's mathematical thinking as evidenced in an everyday scenario (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Interview and report: conduct an interview to investigate the mathematical understandings of two young children and present a report of findings (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis (Berwick); Dr Iris Duhn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students develop strategies in education for environment and sustainability in early childhood education settings. They also explore this field of learning in the Early Years Learning Framework and as a cross-curriculum priority in the Australian and Victorian curriculums. They develop an appreciation for how education for environment and sustainability has emerged as a global priority through examination of research in this field and policy including goals and agreements developed by the United Nations. They develop an understanding of the concepts of 'environmental studies' and 'sustainability' and explore how these concepts are inextricably linked. They learn how to develop integrated approaches to 'environment' and 'sustainability' across early years and primary school curriculum. Students investigate and understand the cultural, social, economic, ecological and political factors that influence attitudes and action towards environment and sustainability. Students develop theoretical and pedagogical knowledge and understanding of how to develop whole school approaches and learning experiences for environment and sustainability at different levels of early childhood and primary education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe and understand the difference between environmental and sustainability education
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the national and global reasons that have led to the emergence of education for sustainability as an educational priority
  3. develop a knowledge and understanding of how education for sustainability is related to the Early Years Learning Framework, the Australian Curriculum and AusVELS
  4. discuss and evaluate the influence of cultural, social, economic, ecological and political factors on how concepts of environment and sustainability are understood and incorporated into primary curricula in Australia and internationally
  5. design and implement learning experiences that incorporate 'environment' and 'sustainability' at different levels of education.

Assessment

Essay: analysis of local, national and global environment and sustainability curriculum for early childhood education settings (1600 words, 40%)
Group development task: small groups work together to plan and write strategies for learning experiences related to environment and sustainability in early years education settings (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis (Berwick); Ms Marie Hammer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the field of early childhood education through examining both practice guidelines and principles including the professional code of ethics and other curriculum and policy documents. Students explore foundational philosophies (e.g. Dewey, Steiner, Montessori, Pestalozzi) that inform current early childhood education. Through studying philosophies and contemporary approaches to early childhood education locally and internationally, students develop insights into programs such as the Golden Key Schools, Forest Schools, the Reggio Emilia approach and Developmental Education in the Netherlands. Understandings of daily practice will be informed by United Nations Conventions on the Rights of the Child to uphold the rights of the child and ethical considerations for respectful, meaningful and quality education and care for children. Through critique and analysis of current local practices, students develop their own personal philosophy of early childhood education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understandings of foundational philosophies and contemporary international programs that have informed current local early childhood education practices
  2. demonstrate understanding of policy, practice guidelines and principles in key early childhood education documents
  3. prepare a well-informed personal philosophy that reflects foundational philosophy and contemporary models of early childhood education.

Assessment

Group task: reflective essay and presentation on contemporary approaches to early childhood education (2000 words, 50%)
Essay: personal teaching and learning philosophy (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalyn Black (Berwick); Dr Denise Chapman (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the concepts of inclusivity and the ways that family and professional partnerships are an essential element of early childhood education. It explores the rationales and practices in the early childhood setting and profession to achieve inclusion for all learners. Students engage in critical analysis of current inclusion and professional partnership practices locally and globally. Within this framework of analysis, evaluation and application of evidence-based practice in relation to inclusivity and partnership is established.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop sound knowledge of current rationales and practices in inclusivity and inter-professional partnerships
  2. critically analyse inclusive and professional partnership practices in local and international early childhood education settings
  3. evaluate evidence-based practices of inclusivity and partnerships
  4. demonstrate the ability to engage in professional partnerships that support inclusive education.

Assessment

Critical essay/narrative on inclusive and partnership practices in early childhood education (1600 words, 40%)
Collaboratively written plan of exemplars of inclusivity and partnership for diverse learners in early childhood education (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education), and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1052 Early childhood professional experience 1B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. demonstrate they have achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education), and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1051 Early childhood professional experience 1A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. demonstrate they have achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Primary Education courses and within the following double degree programs: BA/BEd(Prim), BASS/BPrimEd, BSc/BEd(Prim), BSOR/BEd(Prim) and BVA/BEd(Prim). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1054 Primary professional experience 1B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Primary Education courses and within the following double degree programs: BA/BEd(Prim), BASS/BPrimEd, BSc/BEd(Prim), BSOR/BEd(Prim) and BVA/BEd(Prim). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1053 Primary professional experience 1A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: BA/BEd(Sec), BCom/BEd(Sec), BMus/BEd(Sec), BSc/BEd(Sec), BSOR/BEd(Sec) and BVA/BEd(Sec). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1056 Secondary professional experience 1B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: BA/BEd(Sec), BCom/BEd(Sec), BMus/BEd(Sec), BSc/BEd(Sec), BSOR/BEd(Sec) and BVA/BEd(Sec). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF1055 Secondary professional experience 1A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the first year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing fieldwork experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two fieldwork experience units students undertake in their first year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gained experience with education-focused activities that take place outside of school (or school hours).

Fieldwork

Course 3750 Bachelor of Education (P-10) or 4209 Bachelor of Education (Special Education): 10 days' (equivalent) fieldwork placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Satisfactory completion of 10 days (equivalent) of fieldwork experience

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days (equivalent) of fieldwork experience over the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing fieldwork experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two fieldwork experience units students undertake in their first year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have gained experience with education-focused activities that take place outside of school (or school hours).

Fieldwork

Course 3750 Bachelor of Education (P-10) or 4209 Bachelor of Education (Special Education): 10 days' (equivalent) of fieldwork placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Satisfactory completion of 10 days (equivalent) of fieldwork experience

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days (equivalent) of fieldwork experience over the semester.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

This unit will undertake a futures orientated approach to the exploration of sustainability and its implications for education. Students will critically examine environmental education, in addition to planning, implementing and evaluating environmental education learning experiences. The initial focus of the unit will be a personal reflective one moving on to a broader social and ecological focus.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their own environmental and sustainability experiences and philosophies
  2. develop an understanding of the principles of sustainability
  3. engage in critical debate and discussion concerning issues of sustainability and education
  4. participate in experiential and place-based environmental education experiences
  5. plan, implement and evaluate environmental education learning experiences.

Assessment

Debate dilemma/scenario (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Environmental education learning experiences (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF2203


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hongming Ma

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a wide range of fundamental science concepts, not only relevant for themselves but also for the teaching of primary school children. Important conceptual ideas and processes, including the scientific method, developing scientific literacy and the ability to communicate scientific understandings are fundamental to the unit. Students will explore theoretical concepts and contemporary issues from the disciplines of chemistry, biology and physics in ways which provide a lens to critically examine the natural environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this units students should be able to:

  1. understand fundamental concepts of general science
  2. appreciate that many current issues have a scientific basis
  3. have the tools to search for scientific information and the capacity to evaluate this information.

Assessment

Five on-line quizzes (MCQ or short answer) and five graded activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Major assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour seminar
  • 1 hour lecture
  • 2 hour workshop

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF1121


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Heather Ernst

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to several fundamental areas of mathematics and uses modern tools such as spread sheets and pocket calculators. Themes including: problem-solving, the function concept, applying mathematics to practical problems, and proof, are used to show how mathematical topics are interrelated. This unit is designed to develop students' skills and deepen their mathematical understanding. The topics covered have been developed around the VELS strands for Levels 1-4, and include: number systems and operations, modelling with formulae, plane and solid geometry, measurement, sets and functions, chance and probability, looking at data, graphs and networks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the evolution of number concepts and numeration systems
  2. appreciate the role of mathematics for solving practical problems in daily life, and be able to write down and solve a selection of such problems
  3. understand how algebraic rules arise from the use of operations with numbers
  4. understand simple geometry in a plane and three-dimensional space and its applications to measurement and design
  5. understand the 'function' concept, including interpretations using graphs, algebra, verbal descriptions and spread sheets
  6. understand how random processes such as coin tosses or dice rolls may be modelled and explored using concepts of probability
  7. be able to use approximations, a pocket calculator, and software including spread sheets and geometry tools
  8. understand how networks have been analysed, and be able to solve simple network problems using graphs
  9. understand how many mathematical topics are interrelated
  10. appreciate the role of proof in mathematics.

Assessment

Assignment work during the semester: online and handwritten ( 800 words equivalent, 20%)
Essay (1200 words, 30%)
Examination (3 hours, 2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour workshop per week
  • optional 1 hour tutorial per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Rennie

Synopsis

In this first unit in the English and literacy discipline sequence, students begin to develop knowledge and understanding of the fundamentals of the English language including oral language, listening, speaking, reading and writing. They gain an historical sense of how English and literacy has been shaped since the introduction of mass schooling. Students explore conceptual frameworks and theoretical ideas that help them to understand how the English language works so they can learn to communicate effectively through a range of coherent and well-structured texts. They learn how language enables people to interact effectively and explore how language builds and maintains relationships and is a means to exchange knowledge, skills, attitudes and opinions. Finally, the unit builds on students' personal literacies to further enhance their knowledge and skills as future literacy practitioners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies
  2. develop an historical sense of how the subject English and literacy has been shaped
  3. critically examine their own personal oral, reading and writing histories through different theoretical frameworks
  4. further develop their knowledge of how the English language works
  5. understand and evaluate current literacy practices in relation to theories of language and literacy development.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critique (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Fish

Synopsis

In this unit students explore and critique a range of literature of personal, social, cultural, social and aesthetic value. Students learn to appreciate the value of exploring and creating their own literary texts in order to develop their understanding of how literature can enrich the human experience and develop students' knowledge about how language can be used in creative, powerful and purposeful ways.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. evaluate and critique a range of literature
  2. understand how authors use language and literary techniques and devices to influence readers across a range of genres
  3. understand how ideas and viewpoints about events, issues and characters expressed by authors are drawn from and shaped by different historical, social and cultural contexts
  4. develop a knowledge of different reading theories and how they relate to the ways in which we make meaning from text
  5. create texts that use language in creative, powerful and purposeful ways
  6. develop a knowledge of different theories of writing and how they relate to the ways in which we create texts.

Assessment

Critique (1600 words, 40%)
Reflective piece (individual or in pairs) (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Cheeseman

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to experience mathematics as a problem-solving discipline and to explore how mathematical knowledge, both within the discipline itself and within individual learners, develops from activity (mental as well as physical) and reflection upon such activity. Prospective primary school teachers may not have had positive experiences of mathematics themselves and may not be confident of their mathematics. Therefore, the unit challenges students in a supportive environment through 'low threshold' activities designed to promote understanding of mathematical concepts and processes (proficiencies), and at the same time build confidence so that students see themselves as mathematically able learners and teachers. At the same time the chosen activities have 'high ceilings' that allow the more mathematically confident students to stretch their thinking. Mathematics has its own value and beauty and this unit aims to develop in students an appreciation of the elegance and power of mathematical reasoning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate broad and flexible understanding of the content of numerical aspects of mathematics that underpins the curriculum
  2. display confidence in their capacity to engage in mathematical activity and in their ability to continue to learn mathematical subject knowledge for teaching
  3. effectively communicate mathematics to their peers and lecturer, in a variety of media, including information and communication technologies (ICTs)
  4. articulate how their learning experiences in the unit relate to teaching and learning in primary schools.

Assessment

Diagnostic assessment of mathematical competency (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Report on a mathematical inquiry (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Karina Wilkie

Synopsis

This unit is framed around the importance of teachers having a profound and flexible understanding of fundamental mathematics, particularly as it relates to number and algebra. The core of the unit involves students working in groups on carefully selected mathematics problems that focus on a deep conceptual and connected understanding of number and early algebra. Carefully chosen problems together with whole class discussion emerging from students' work on the problems, challenges students to reason about the mathematics, develop their problem-solving skills and be fluent in certain skills. Importantly, students are encouraged to view learning as supported by dialogue and to develop their own understandings through working with others' thinking on a topic. Students learn to communicate mathematical ideas effectively, using a range of media including information and communication technologies (ICTs).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts, substance and structure of the mathematical content underpinning number and algebra in the primary school curriculum
  2. show awareness of how the concepts and structure of primary number and algebra relate to the mathematics for secondary schooling and beyond
  3. demonstrate broad knowledge and understanding of the historical and cultural nature of number and operations and how this relates to education of students from diverse backgrounds, including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders
  4. display confidence in being a competent and creative mathematics learner who can foster these attributes in their own learners.

Assessment

Report and reflection on a problem-solving activity (can include individual and/or group work) (1600 words or equivalent per student, 40%)
Project report on the historical and cultural aspects of a mathematical topic (can include individual and/or group work) (2400 words or equivalent per student, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Dawn Penney

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the sociocultural foundations of health and physical education. Using the sub-disciplines of history, philosophy, and sociology, students examine the role of these areas in shaping and determining contemporary practices in health and physical education. Students learn that personal and contextual factors, together with individual and group actions, shape health, wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity. Students develop their understandings through the application and critique of historical and contemporary practices within health and physical education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand how sociocultural factors shape wellbeing, safety and participation in physical activity
  2. outline historical, philosophical and sociological drivers of knowledge and practice within health and physical education
  3. acquire, apply and critically evaluate movement skills, concepts and strategies in a variety of traditional and contemporary physical activity and health contexts
  4. analyse how varied and changing personal and contextual factors shape understandings of, and opportunities for, health and physical activity locally, regionally and globally.

Assessment

Essay (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Online journal (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Justen O'Connor

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the biophysical and behavioural foundations of health and physical education. Students learn about the major biophysical sub-disciplines including functional human anatomy, exercise physiology, nutrition and behavioural psychology. They explore the role these have played in shaping contemporary practices within the health and physical education discipline. Students learn how the biophysical elements interact with social, cultural and environmental factors to influence healthy and physically active lives. Students develop their understanding of the discipline areas through the application and critique of practice aimed to optimise individual potential for health and wellbeing, and the building of healthy, active communities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in meaningful discussions about the biophysical factors that shape individual and community health and wellbeing and physical activity
  2. understand important biophysical theory and content knowledge
  3. apply theory and content knowledge to relevant individual, local, regional or global contexts
  4. acquire, apply and critically evaluate skills associated with the biophysical sub-discipline in physical activity and health contexts
  5. demonstrate familiarity with the appropriate use of specialist equipment commonly used in the biophysical context
  6. analyse how varied and changing personal and contextual factors impact the biophysical and subsequent opportunities for health and physical activity.

Assessment

Laboratory tasks (1500 words or equivalent, 40%)
Examination (2 hours, 2500 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

In this unit students are immersed in art making. They conceptualise, experiment, reflect and communicate their own artwork. They gain an in-depth experience of art techniques, media and applications. They appraise artworks and make critical and aesthetic decisions. They develop drawing and design expertise leading to a selection of two and three dimensional artworks (such as drawing, printmaking, textiles, mosaic and construction). They explore diverse starting points for art experiences e.g. play-based, issue-based and thematic, as relevant to their own studio practice and art education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate competency in drawing and design thinking in the context of studio practice and as applied to educational art experiences
  2. investigate materials, media and effective techniques in two and three dimensional art as relevant to studio practice and school art experiences
  3. develop an awareness of artwork and current theories (post 1970) and their relevance to the role of art in education and society
  4. understand relevant art terminology
  5. develop a personal visual language through the investigation of a chosen theme, leading to art work that embodies art and design thinking, conceptual and problem-solving processes.

Assessment

Practical folio (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Visual journal (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the role that the visual arts play in society and the connections to education. It develops students' knowledge of contemporary and visual culture through making and responding to art. Students engage with different cultural institutions e.g. Google Art Project, Arts Play, Bunjilaka and National Gallery of Victoria, and examine what they offer primary arts education. Students develop intercultural understandings through a range of artworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage with visual art practices and experiences
  2. demonstrate an understanding of diverse cultural approaches to the visual arts through investigating contemporary Australian artwork, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander artwork, and Asia-Pacific artwork
  3. develop an awareness of cultural institutions and what they offer art education
  4. understand how contemporary art and visual culture can be explored in visual arts education
  5. obtain skills in developing units of work that engage with the arts and intercultural understanding that are in line with the Australian curriculum.

Assessment

Portfolio of education resources for visual arts and culture (can include individual and/or group work) (1600 words or equivalent per student, 40%)
Art folio (can include individual and/or group work) (2400 words or equivalent per student, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby

Synopsis

This unit provides the introduction to the major influences on language and literacy development in young children. It examines relevant theoretical models and focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use symbol systems whilst exploring their diverse everyday worlds. Students critically engage with current research, practice and policy in literacy in multiple contexts. They begin to develop pedagogical tools that will enable them to successfully support children's literacy learning in the early years of school and are introduced to relevant school-based curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore the importance of understanding the connections between home, community and school literate practices for the teaching and learning of literacy in school
  2. demonstrate a critical understanding of key theoretical ideas including multi-literacies related to young children's language and literacy development
  3. develop a wide range of pedagogical and assessment practices for effective literacy teaching and learning in the early years of school
  4. demonstrate an understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy for young children
  5. become competent in the use of a range of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critique of literacy events (part A: 800 words, part B: 1200 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week
  • 1 hour per week for on-line discussion forum across weeks 7-10

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help students develop the knowledge, skills and attitudes relevant to the effective teaching and learning of primary and secondary school mathematics. There is a particular focus on knowledge relating to the number and algebra content strand across year levels (Prep to Year 10). Students will learn how to plan lessons and differentiate the curriculum to cater for a range of learning needs. They will also explore how mathematical learning might be facilitated by the appropriate harnessing of information and communication technology (ICT) and calculators.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access information relating to the mathematics content and proficiency strands in the Australian Curriculum and associated documents
  2. show familiarity with the content descriptions at each year level from the number and algebra strand
  3. plan engaging lessons that are focused on addressing learning objectives
  4. incorporate the use of technology in lesson plans to enhance learning
  5. develop confidence in their own ability to engage in mathematical thinking.

Assessment

Lesson plans (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Critique of technology (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF1204
EDF1307


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins (Berwick); Dr Sivanes Phillipson (Clayton); Dr Marc Pruyn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces contemporary learning theories that will enable students to reflect on their own learning experiences in order to understand how others learn. From the perspective of broader educational settings (school, community, home), the important questions of what learning is, how and why learning occurs, what quality learning might be, and what influences learning, are discussed and reflected upon. Through examination of different theoretical perspectives and contexts, this unit focuses on building an understanding of what can influence learning and offers skill building in academic learning. Ideas closely associated with learning, including motivation, engagement and ability are also considered. The unit encourages students to begin constructing deep knowledge about the relationship between learning and educational inquiry.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of a range of theories of learning, ability and engagement, and their continuing impacts on education
  2. reflect on themselves as learners and their own diverse experiences of learning and apply this understanding to other contexts
  3. develop an awareness of the impact that diverse individual, social and cultural contextual factors have on any learning experiences
  4. begin to understand the role of educational inquiry in exploring aspects of learning in a range of settings including in an academic setting.

Assessment

Written assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Information and communication technologies (ICT) based assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a Faculty of Education course

Prohibitions

EDF1301


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Niranjan Casinader (Berwick); Ms Carly Sawatzki (Clayton); Dr Marc Pruyn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit builds on the focus on learning and education inquiry skills in EDF1303 Learning and educational inquiry 1 and introduces contemporary approaches to teaching and ways to investigate such approaches. It involves an examination of teaching relationships which includes modes of communication, teaching models and strategies and the management or organisation of learning situations. Again, from the perspective of broader educational settings (school, community, home) learning and assessment tasks will require students to analyse and reflect on an educational issue and consider the perspectives presented in the unit when analysing a teaching situation. This unit will utilise students' experiences in educational settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of contemporary approaches to teaching and their impact on education broadly
  2. understand the role of communication, teaching strategies and the management and organisation of learning situations in promoting positive learning and teaching relationships
  3. develop an awareness of the impact that diverse individual, social and cultural contextual factors have on any teaching experiences
  4. begin to understand the role of educational inquiry in exploring aspects of teaching in a range of settings including in an academic setting.

Assessment

Paired written essay on analysis of an educational topic and its associated issues (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Individual written essay on analysing teaching (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

EDF1302


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will give students the opportunity to examine who they are, why they have chosen to be a teacher and what attributes and experiences they bring to the profession of teaching. They will begin to understand the roles and responsibilities of teachers, schools and other learning communities past, present and future. This unit provides an opportunity for students to examine themselves as future professionals and introduces them to the importance of reflection and the synergy between theory and practice. In addition, they will critique historical constructs relating to schools and other learning communities both nationally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine the assumptions about the profession they bring to their pre-service teacher education experience
  2. describe the roles of teachers, schools and other learning communities past, present and future
  3. articulate their own beliefs, values and dispositions relating to the profession
  4. begin to understand their ethical responsibilities as future professionals
  5. understand the importance of and develop the ability to become reflective
  6. develop a language to respond critically to academic literature relating to the profession.

Assessment

Group presentation and written report (2000 words, 50%)
Multimodal report (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore a range of theoretical perspectives (i.e. critical theory, critical race theory, feminisms, Indigenous knowledges, queer theory, etc.) relating to difference and diversity. Students will construct, examine, deconstruct and map their own social positionings in relation to their personal and professional experiences of difference and diversity. Through critical reflection and participatory practices students will work collaboratively in developing teaching, learning and assessment processes that recognise and support multiple discourses of difference.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise and describe the influence of various discourses that affect their own social positioning, that of the educational profession and of the children and families served by schools
  2. develop a theoretical language to identify and support their beliefs about difference and diversity
  3. identify and analyse learning contexts that recognise, engage with and value difference
  4. design learning tasks that recognise, engage with and value difference
  5. design a range of assessment tasks and instruments that recognise, engage with and value difference.

Assessment

A creative presentation (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Group classroom planning task (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Term 3 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jennifer Rennie

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use symbol systems from exploring their diverse everyday worlds. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding and critiquing the processes of how children learn about symbolic representation and communication from infancy through to the early years of school. Students will critically engage with current research, practice and policy in literacy and numeracy in multiple contexts. They will begin to develop pedagogical tools to enable them to successfully support children's learning in literacy and numeracy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy and numeracy for young children
  2. understand the connections between home and community literacies and numeracies with teaching and learning in other learning contexts
  3. reflect on their personal professional learning during professional placement and implement teaching and learning strategies based on their learning
  4. implement classroom strategies that link mathematics to practical applications, particularly in relation to measurement and space
  5. understand the importance of inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of literacy and numeracy.

Assessment

Scenario task: analysis of teaching and learning of everyday events in literacy and numeracy content (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Formal setting: formal assessment of the literacy and numeracy teaching and learning of a child (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Clare Williams (Gippsland); Dr Evan Ortlieb (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the range of ways young children encounter and use literacy from exploring their diverse everyday worlds. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding and critiquing the processes of how children learn about literate representations and communication from infancy through to the early years of school. Students will explore the importance of translating home and community learning into various institutional settings. The teaching of literacy will be examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students will be assisted to develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum principles relating to literacy for young children
  2. understand a number of interpretations of what constitutes literacy
  3. recognise how key literate concepts are practiced in early learning settings such as homes, communities, child care, preschools and the early years of school
  4. appreciate that literacy learning occurs in multiple contexts and in multiple ways
  5. identify and employ a range of pedagogical tools to support children's learning in literacy.

Fieldwork

Primary: 10 days' placement; Early childhood: 5 days' placement

Assessment

Critique (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Successful completion of placement and allied documentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Term 4 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore movement, environment and community in the context of early childhood education. The unit will focus on the dynamic interactions between movement, environment and community, requiring students to critically reflect upon their own conceptions of movement, environment and community. Students will also be required to engage in physical and outdoor activities, adhering to health and safety procedures. These activities are also likely to take place in a range of community settings and environments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in learning experiences focusing on movement, environment and community
  2. critically reflect upon their conceptions of movement, environment and community and the ability to map changes to one's own ideas through this process
  3. apply health and safety procedures and ethical judgments when using resources and equipment in physical and outdoor activities.

Assessment

Critique of learning experiences in movement, environment and community (1500 words, 40%)
Learning log (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Robbins

Synopsis

Through engaging with current research literature students will begin to understand how young children, in a variety of cultural contexts, develop their understandings and skills in science and technology. The teaching of science and technology will be examined from a number of theoretical perspectives, and students will be supported in moving towards thinking about teaching and learning from a sociocultural perspective. Attention will be paid to some of the everyday concepts children develop and to the scientific concepts that they will be introduced to in institutional settings, and how these can be combined in meaningful and relevant ways.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge and understanding of how young children develop scientific and technological understandings, skills and attitudes
  2. engage with current research about teaching and learning in science and technology
  3. critique a range of pedagogical approaches that support children's learning in science and technology
  4. recognise a range of world views in science and technology
  5. begin to develop skill in observing and analysing children's learning in science and technology, and consider teaching implications of these observations and analyses.

Assessment

Folio of observations (1600 words, 40%)
Written report (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF4501


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service early childhood education students with an introduction to pedagogical and curriculum-related issues in the arts. It addresses four specific domains of knowledge: visual arts, music, dance and drama. The unit provides students with an overview of different approaches to theories and practices of arts education, including sociocultural, creativity-based and 'play-based' approaches to learning. It will prepare students for the tasks of selecting content and designing units of work in the arts for early childhood educational programs. Students will also explore cross curricula and integrative approaches to the arts in early childhood.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relevance of each of the four arts domains to early childhood education
  2. learn about different approaches to theories and practices of arts education
  3. obtain skills in content selection and curriculum design
  4. apply theories of artistic expression in early childhood to pedagogical tasks.

Assessment

Research presentation (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Research task (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF1514


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This introductory unit lays the foundation for this discipline stream and will discuss the evolutionary trend of educating students with a range of diversities from special schools to inclusive schools. A key focus of the unit is on inclusive education. It will provide an overview of the key issues related to the education of children with diverse needs including, but not limited to, disability, giftedness, mental health issues and those from non-English speaking backgrounds. It will describe the various settings in which children with diverse needs are educated. Participants will understand how policies, legislation and research are influencing, and have influenced, classroom practices for children with diverse needs in Victoria, Australia and worldwide. The critical roles that school educators might play in ensuring the success of students with diverse needs in various educational setting will also be covered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse how society and schools define and understand individual differences
  2. identify the range of educational settings available to students with diverse needs
  3. recognise how policies, legislation and research impacts on the education of children with diverse needs
  4. understand the critical roles teachers play in successfully teaching students with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This introductory unit is about the assessment of teaching practices, environment and student learning, across the school years. An important aspect of teaching learners with diverse needs is to understand the learner well. Students will learn the practical assessment processes of gathering and interpreting information for use by learners and their teachers, to decide where the learners are in their learning, what impacts on progress, where they need to go and how best to get there. The focus of this unit will be on assessment for learning rather than assessment of learning. Assessment for learning involves issues of self-reflection and self-assessment that allows teachers to make better learning and teaching decisions but also develops learners' own understanding of how their learning is taking place and how it can be developed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise different approaches of assessment used in the inclusive classroom context across the school years (e.g. assessment for learning)
  2. discover various ways a teacher can determine strengths of learners with diverse needs
  3. understand ways standardised assessments could be adapted to assess learning of learners with diverse needs
  4. determine how the process of assessment can enhance the inclusion and participation of learners with diverse needs, including transition periods.

Assessment

Research essay (1600 words, 40%)
Class presentation (equivalent of 2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Lynch

Synopsis

This unit enables students to develop a comprehensive knowledge and understanding of health and physical education (HPE) as a key learning area within Australian primary schools, enhancing the students' ability to critically analyse issues and learning episodes. Students are introduced to the impact science has had on the HPE key learning area within schools, in particular through functional human anatomy, biomechanics, basic principles of exercise physiology, neurology, human growth and development. Students investigate contemporary HPE in Australian schools through lectures, practical workshops and readings. Topics and issues include: the nature, purpose and role of HPE, the policy for physical education in schools (curriculum documents), the sociocultural approach, the history of the discipline; learning through movement, the physical education teacher's role and inclusion and safety aspects. Building on their investigations students will develop an understanding in relation to how scientific knowledge can be successfully applied by teachers to assist with skill acquisition and the implementation of 'learning through movement' in an inclusive, enjoyable and challenging, yet non-threatening manner for primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a broad and critical knowledge and understanding of HPE as a discipline
  2. understand the sociocultural influences on physical activity and health
  3. relate motor learning and biomechanical principles to the teaching and learning of correct skill technique and effective teaching of movement skills
  4. explain how physical activity inclusively caters for the needs of young people
  5. identify fundamental motor skills and dominant movement patterns that are developmentally appropriate for various abilities
  6. understand the importance of providing children with opportunities to prepare physically and mentally for physical activities and a lifelong active lifestyle
  7. understand the importance of quality learning experiences in HPE
  8. develop and implement quality learning experiences that promote enjoyment, maximum participation, inclusion and safety
  9. develop verbal and written communication skills
  10. understand the wide range of movement skills that contribute to the HPE curriculum.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1600 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2: end of semester exam (2 hours, 2400 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toni Hilland

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the field of sport and outdoor recreation. Foundational concepts related to play, games and leisure will be examined as they relate to the applied contexts of sport, physical activity, movement and outdoor recreation. Practical components within the unit will include fundamental movement skill acquisition and modified/minor game development as it applies to sporting and outdoor activity pursuits.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. comprehend and utilise appropriate language associated with a foundational sport and outdoor recreation unit
  2. analyse how play, games, sport and outdoor recreation contribute to students' lives and the lives of others
  3. apply and examine notions of sport, physical activity, movement and outdoor recreation through a variety of theoretical lenses
  4. recognise, distinguish and evaluate how the various 'ways of knowing' sport and outdoor recreation activities can contribute to professional practices
  5. apply theoretical concepts and demonstrate practical competencies in various sport and outdoor recreation environments (e.g. fundamental motor skills/minor games, camp based settings).

Fieldwork

3 days

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to the philosophy and practice of outdoor recreation as it relates to a range of physical activity and movement experiences. This will involve an overview of principles and practices related to both unstructured and structured approaches to physical activity in a range of social and environmental settings and the contribution that they make to healthy and active lifestyles. This unit will focus on the interrelationships of setting, participants and outdoor recreation activities by drawing upon concepts from biophysical, socio-ecological and philosophical perspectives. This unit includes eight days of experiential learning programs (ELPs).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of the philosophical, historical, and biophysical foundations of physically active forms of outdoor recreation,
  2. demonstrate understanding of the principles and practices of outdoor recreation,
  3. demonstrate understanding of the specific human movement requirements of physically active outdoor recreation activities
  4. demonstrate understanding of the contribution of outdoor recreation to healthy individuals, communities, and society,
  5. demonstrate understanding of practical competencies in selected outdoor recreation activities,
  6. demonstrate understanding of the role of the natural environment in outdoor recreation, and
  7. demonstrate understanding of administration and management issues of outdoor recreation.

Assessment

Tests (1600 words, 40%)
Written application exercises and practical performance assessment (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the fundamental sport and outdoor recreation discipline studies of functional anatomy and biomechanics. The unit familiarises students with anatomical and biomechanical concepts applied to physical activity. The skeletal, neural and muscular system's actions are grounded within a broader understanding of their interdependence within the body and the body within its environment. Biomechanical concepts extend understandings of how the body moves through the environment by exploring the effect forces have on bodies and the motion produced by these forces. Theoretical concepts are used to extend knowledge of how systems operate.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain how anatomical systems contribute to human movement and are impacted upon by biomechanical and other environmental constraints
  2. identify major anatomical structures involved in the production of coordinated movement
  3. discuss skeletal, neural and muscular structures and their relationship with movement and injury
  4. examine planes of movement, joint movements and types of muscular contractions and explain their relationship to movement
  5. explain physiological processes such as bone growth and development, muscular contraction, muscular adaptation, nervous system control and regulation and their relationship to movement
  6. apply knowledge of functional anatomy to a range of exercise and sport related movements and integrate biomechanical concepts such as leverage, force, optimal positioning
  7. answer questions related to biomechanical principles and their application to human movement
  8. apply biomechanical principles to sporting and outdoor recreation movement activities.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1200 words equivalent, 30%)
Assessment task 2 (1200 words equivalent, 30%)
Assessment task 3 (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Trent Brown

Synopsis

This unit extends the discipline studies from first semester and introduces human physiology with a particular focus on physical activity, exercise and physical education. The unit seeks to apply understandings of the various physiological systems used and grounds these within a broader understanding of their interdependence within the body, and the body within its environment. The scientific principles underpinning the field of exercise physiology will be applied in laboratory practice. Sporting, physical and outdoor activity pursuits will be used to progress understandings of physiological adaptation within a broader socio-ecological context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe and interpret scientific research related to the field
  2. apply principles behind methods of training for specific sports and activities
  3. describe what is meant by body build, body size and body composition and provide an understanding of how it varies across different populations, sports, ages and genders
  4. outline the body's energy systems and apply their relative contributions to exercise in relation to intensity and duration
  5. develop a fitness education program that applies the principles of exercise training and demonstrates understanding of physiological systems
  6. accurately select and administer practical field-tests for measuring performance
  7. successfully use a case study to locate the disciplines of physiology and exercise physiology within a broader socio-ecological framework for physical activity.

Assessment

Online quiz, week 4 (800 words equivalent, 20%)
Written assignment (1600 words equivalent, can include group or individual work, 40%)
Examination (3 hours, 1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF1602 or EDF1613


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Sylvia Almeida

Synopsis

A place-based and experiential approach to environmental education is taken in this unit. This will be done in the general context of the Australian environment, significantly utilising the local marine and coastal environment as a basis for teaching and learning. The unit will utilise an experiential education approach (through a school-based learning approach), including extensive fieldwork both on-campus and off-campus in an exploration of and experience in the local environment. The initial focus will be a personal one moving on to a broader social and ecological focus.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their own environmental experiences and philosophies
  2. explore ecosystems, developing an understanding of the principles of ecology and sustainability
  3. engage in critical debate and discussion concerning issues of ecology, sustainability and education
  4. ascertain place-based and experiential education pedagogical strategies and approaches in teaching and learning environmental education
  5. design, implement and evaluate environmental education experiences in school and non-school settings.

Fieldwork

The unit includes fieldwork both on and off-campus with cross collaboration between BSOR units through the BSOR 1st year camp and other fieldwork experiences and a dedicated EDF1615 environmental education camp.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (1500 words equivalent, 40%)
Assessment 2 ( 2500 words equivalent, 60%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork and the EDF1615 camp will be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Lynch (Gippsland); Dr Toni Hilland (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will gain an appreciation of physical activity and wellness across a lifespan. The students learn about strategies to engage people in physical activity and health promoting behaviours across the lifespan, including behaviour modification techniques, theories of activity adherence, and principles/types of fitness and health education programs. A large component of this unit is student centred, with a requirement being to reflect on their current lifestyle and discuss its implications for their future wellbeing. The unit includes practical experience in a range of lifespan physical activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the relationships between physical activity, nutrition, stress management techniques and health
  2. experience a range of lifespan physical activities including yoga, Swiss ball training, circuit and resistance training, running and flexibility training
  3. utilise the stage of change model to modify their own behaviour
  4. evaluate different methods of physical activity measurement
  5. understand and use terms such as heart rate reserve, threshold of training and repetition maximum in the correct context
  6. summarise and understand the current participatory patterns of the general population in sport and physical activity while reflecting on their own participation behaviours.

Assessment

In class tests (1600 words, 40%)
Personal physical activity and wellness project (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan Magee

Synopsis

In this unit students will examine sport and its significance in contemporary culture. The unit is an introductory one, covering a range of topics but providing students with a foundation to understand the key ideas within cultural analyses of sport. Students will use concepts from cultural studies theory to question why sport is so important in today's world and how sport can help with understanding society. Topics covered will include the relationship of sport to culture, nationalism and politics and understanding how sport, for example AFL, has been used by some groups to resist dominant cultures. Students will also learn about the growth of the sports industry and examine within this, sport and the media, the rise of the sports celebrity and sport and governance.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate their understanding of sport and culture in a local and national context
  2. identify and discuss key aspects of the sports industry
  3. explain the significance of sport within local, national and global culture and industry
  4. understand cultural theory concepts of ideology and hegemony and power and how they relate to sport.

Assessment

Film review (1200 words, 30%)
Essays (2800 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester (lectures/tutorials and workshops)

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fida Sanjakdar

Synopsis

This unit focuses on issues related to educational curricula. Students will use multiple perspectives gained through studying a range of theoretical literature which they will be able to use to critically navigate through various contemporary issues regarding the curriculum. The implications for the curriculum will concurrently involve pedagogy in relation to educative experiences. Unit learning and assessment tasks will require students to draw on the knowledge and understanding they have already developed about teaching and learning and extend these with a more theoretical understanding of education. Not all teaching and learning are educative and so students will learn the nature of criteria which can be drawn upon to make this distinction. This unit will incorporate a five day professional experience placement in a secondary school setting where students will usually work in 'buddy' pairs with another student.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the philosophical, political, cultural, intellectual and creative dimensions of educators' work
  2. relate theories of education regarding the curriculum to critically engage with issues of education practices
  3. examine a range of issues and dilemmas for educators in contemporary contexts
  4. explore educative approaches to designing curricula that engage a diverse range of learners in order to create experiences which are specifically educative
  5. develop an awareness of the operation of schools and the culture of classrooms including the various dimensions, dynamics and perspectives within and beyond classrooms in different contexts which affect the curriculum and professionalism of educators
  6. be aware of the complexities of political interests and how these relate to the identity of educators as professionals.

Fieldwork

For students who commenced the course prior to 2014: 5 days

Assessment

Minor assessment task (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Written assignment (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

EDF1301
EDF1303

Prohibitions

EDF2003


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Angela Mornane

Synopsis

This unit builds on students' initial education studies in this course to develop and practise their knowledge and skills in building positive and productive classroom environments. One focus is understanding the professional responsibilities teachers have with respect to developing their practice and building and sustaining educational relationships with students, professional colleagues, administration, parents and members of the community in diverse educational settings. Another focus is developing and applying the practical teaching knowledge and skills that students are acquiring in university settings and on teaching practicums. Unit learning and assessment tasks will require students to engage with contemporary issues in classrooms, to develop a critical position on these issues, and to consider the practical applications of this position in their teaching practice now and into the future.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a repertoire of teaching skills and strategies that promote purposeful, meaningful, engaging, innovative, creative, intellectually challenging, and authentic learning
  2. learn how to create positive and productive classroom environments which respond to individual needs, issues and dynamics within the classroom
  3. develop effective teaching skills such as planning and organisation; monitoring and assessing learning; meeting diverse student learning needs; effective classroom management; and developing collaborative, integrated and negotiated curriculum
  4. develop a range of specific teaching and learning skills such as reflection, problem solving, negotiation, risk-taking, innovation, and creativity
  5. learn how to work effectively with peers, students, parents, school authorities and with other educational professionals
  6. explore some of the broader roles of teachers in the life of a school such as meetings, professional development, policy formulation, parent-teacher meetings, extra-curricular activities and community-based activities
  7. develop an awareness of teachers' professional responsibilities, ethics and relationships and the changing nature of the role of teachers and schooling.

Fieldwork

For students who commenced the course prior to 2014: 5 days

Assessment

Individual assignment (2000 words equivalent, 60%)
Group presentation (2000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Course commenced prior to 2014:
Usually EDF1303, EDF1304 and EDF2004
Course commenced in or after 2014:
EDF1303, EDF1304

Prohibitions

EDF2002


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students build their professional knowledge and skills as teachers through developing understanding of key priorities in secondary education connected to the Australian Curriculum, expectations of the Graduate Teacher Standards for professional practice and important focuses on teaching and learning in schools in local and global contexts. The unit includes exploration of cross-curriculum priorities including Asia and Australia's engagement with Asia, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander histories and cultures, and strategies for teaching Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students. The unit also focuses on how to implement education for sustainability, and the critical areas of literacy, numeracy and the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in schools. Students have opportunities to explore exemplary resources for these education priorities and use these to develop engaging teaching and learning strategies in these fields.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. build professional knowledge of key priorities in secondary education
  2. demonstrate the ability to implement key priorities in secondary education through the planning of diverse teaching and learning approaches based on relevant curriculum documents
  3. design learning sequences and lesson plans including assessment strategies related to education priorities
  4. know and understand literacy and numeracy teaching strategies and their application in teaching areas
  5. implement teaching strategies for using ICT to expand curriculum learning opportunities for students.

Assessment

Essay demonstrating knowledge, understanding and critical commentary on key education priorities (2000 words, 50%)
Portfolio of learning sequences and lesson strategies for key education priorities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload is 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week (in non-placement weeks) of lectures/tutorials/workshops

(b.) Contact hours for intensive mode:

  • two-week intensive in January at Monash University Malaysia

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successful completion of at least 12 credit points of education units

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on significant aspects of adolescent development in the context of teacher education. Building on the first-year education units students are introduced to psychological research into adolescent age span and encouraged to develop critical perspectives on knowledge claims rather than relying on anecdotal information. The unit considers psychological, motivational, social, cognitive, biological and sociocultural perspectives of adolescent development and learning. Students inquire into interpersonal and teaching strategies for teaching and learning with adolescents based on contemporary knowledge of adolescent development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate adolescence as a discrete period of individual development in our society
  2. articulate theories of adolescent development from a scientific viewpoint
  3. explain the developmental tasks of adolescence
  4. understand how teacher-student relationships are influenced by issues of adolescent development
  5. identify problems in teaching adolescents and apply relevant frameworks
  6. analyse multidimensional facets of influence (motivations; self-esteem; anxiety, stress, coping; biological processes; cognition; moral development; development of the self; familial, peer and sociocultural influences; issues of diversity; additional issues including substance abuse, deviance, depression, truancy, bullying and resilience)
  7. access relevant information on aspects of adolescents' development.

Assessment

Group presentation (2000 words per student equivalent, 50%)
Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Course commenced prior to 2014:
must have passed 2 units in EDF1301, EDF1302, EDF1303, EDF1304 and must have passed 2 units in EDF2001, EDF2002, EDF2004, EDF2005 or must have passed 2 units in EDF2003, EDF3002
Course commenced in or after 2014:
EDF2005

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit examines the concept and process of becoming a specialist teacher. It focuses on the identity, knowledge, practices and professional learning of a teacher with expertise grounded in a particular disciplinary tradition. Using different frameworks to explore the nature of disciplinary knowledge, the unit enables students to think critically and creatively about the relationship between their ever-developing disciplinary knowledge and their emerging work as specialist teachers. Students examine how the curriculum organises and represents knowledge in ways that are both specialised and interdisciplinary. They explore how teachers help students develop knowledge, capabilities and skills both within and beyond subject specialism boundaries in ways that meet the needs of a diverse range of students in an ever-changing world. The unit provides a range of conceptual and practical ideas and resources from which students can build further understandings and capacities in their ongoing professional learning as specialist teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the social, cultural and political nature of disciplinary knowledge and how this knowledge is embedded within particular 'ways of knowing'
  2. understand the relationship between curriculum, teaching practice and disciplinary knowledge
  3. inquire into, and develop, their professional identity as specialist teachers
  4. understand the complex relationships between content knowledge and pedagogy and between school knowledge, disciplinary knowledge and everyday knowledge
  5. cultivate an appreciation of integrated, interdisciplinary and disciplinary based curriculum and how 'specialist' teachers in interdisciplinary teams might collaborate productively in this curriculum
  6. design and produce resources for encouraging a rich engagement with particular disciplinary knowledge, capacities and skills
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences in schools and other settings.

Assessment

Professional investigation (2000 words, 50%)
Developing curriculum resources (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload is 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week (in non-placement weeks) of lectures/tutorials/workshops

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successful completion of at least 12 credit points of education units

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two that develop students' understanding of English and literacies learning in the Victorian and Australian curriculum. This unit focuses on the range of ways children encounter and use literacy in a diverse social, cultural and technological world. It introduces conceptual frameworks for understanding and critiquing the processes of how children learn about literacy. Students explore the importance of translating home and community learning into various institutional settings and vice versa. The teaching of literacy is examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's literacy learning. With a particular focus on the early years, the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies, taking into account issues related to information and communication technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon and develop their own personal English and literacy skills
  2. demonstrate their understandings of what constitutes texts within a multiliteracies environment
  3. demonstrate their understandings of what 'counts' as literacy
  4. demonstrate their understandings of how literacy is enacted in various different cultural and social settings, including homes, communities, daycare, pre-school and school
  5. demonstrate knowledge of a range of theoretical perspectives related to how young children learn and develop their literacy knowledge, skills and understandings
  6. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of effective ways to plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop young children's early reading, writing, oral language and visual literacies.

Assessment

Multimodal report on multiple approaches to literacy education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Integrated unit of work and/or resources on effective literacy practices (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of research and contemporary pedagogical practices in the teaching and learning of primary school mathematics. It particularly focuses on children's mathematical development in the early years of school including early number concepts, written and mental computation, estimation, measurement and geometry. Students also explore the importance of translating home and community learning into school-based practice. The teaching of mathematics and numeracy are examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students develop appropriate practices that are in line with local and Australian curriculum support that they can implement in their teaching in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and apply research and contemporary practices in mathematics and numeracy education to meet diverse learners' needs
  2. recognise how key mathematical concepts are practised in early learning settings including homes, child care, preschools and the early years of school
  3. use a range of appropriate strategies to assist children's development of number sense particularly in the early years of school
  4. apply techniques that link mathematics to practical applications particularly in relation to measurement and geometry
  5. appreciate that numeracy learning occurs in multiple contexts and in multiple ways
  6. identify and employ a range of pedagogical tools and strategies to support children's learning in mathematics and numeracy in line with local and Australian curriculum.

Assessment

Report on multiple approaches to numeracy education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Integrated unit of work and/or resources on effective numeracy practices (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit explores the complex nature of learners' health, wellbeing and social learning from the perspectives of the pre-service learners themselves and through an examination of the role that primary schools play in working to promote children's health and wellbeing. Students explore factors that shape health, wellbeing and social learning. They engage with current public health, wellbeing and curriculum policy and apply their understandings to school program development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. discuss key concepts and definitions related to their own and young children's health, wellbeing and social learning
  2. identify and analyse key factors that contribute to their own and children's health
  3. demonstrate an understanding of socio-cultural, socio-emotional and ecological perspectives on health and wellbeing
  4. explain the role that schools play in promoting health and wellbeing within contemporary public health, wellbeing and education policy
  5. demonstrate an understanding of how social and emotional health status impacts upon themselves and young people, and plan school-based programs that draw from contemporary health-promoting school programs and curriculum frameworks.

Assessment

School health and wellbeing program rationale (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
School health program evaluation (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understandings of active citizenship and community connections in local and global spheres, since this learning for children is part of the nationally agreed goals for schools and is a subject in the Australian Curriculum. Students explore what young people need to learn and be able to do in order to become active and informed citizens in Australia and globally, including how communities function, how civic processes work and how they can participate in community activities. They examine exemplars of how theme-based or integrated learning is used in primary schools to develop children's knowledge, understanding and capacities to be involved in citizenship activities, including as part of the formal school curriculum, in wider whole-school programs and with links to community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and evaluate how the learning area of active citizenship in local and global contexts is structured within the Australian Curriculum and AusVELS in Victoria
  2. develop knowledge and understanding of different theoretical and pedagogical approaches to active citizenship
  3. design and implement primary lessons and units of work using themes and integrated approaches to active citizenship
  4. locate, evaluate and use a variety of appropriate teaching resources and educational providers that support the teaching of active citizenship.

Assessment

Essay on active citizenship curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Written portfolio of active citizenship tasks (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis (Berwick); Professor Marilyn Fleer (City); Ms Marie Hammer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students develop understanding of a range of contemporary theories of child development and discuss development as a cultural and social process whereby programming of development is always positioned to what the child can do collaboratively. Developmental, sociocultural, socio-behaviourist and post-structuralist theories are explored in relation to how they are applied to the provision of education and care for children from birth to twelve years. The unit explores new research in this field and students critically reflect on current practices in the light of this research. Students utilise their understanding of contemporary child development in early childhood settings to plan learning experiences showing the nexus between theory, teaching and development strategies that reflect contemporary curriculum frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding of contemporary theories of child development
  2. link and apply this knowledge to pedagogy and curriculum design
  3. develop their capacities as pedagogical leaders of children's learning and development
  4. apply key concepts explored in the unit to mandatory curricula frameworks e.g. Early Years Learning Framework and AUSVELS.

Assessment

Essay: critical evaluation of contemporary theories of child development and how these inform the work of early childhood educators as pedagogical leaders (2000 word equivalent, 50%)
Action research report on child development theories and practice discourses to demonstrate knowledge of the role of the child's involvement as a learner and participant in pedagogical practices and curriculum design (2000 word equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Anderson

Synopsis

This unit explores local and global Indigenous perspectives on teaching and learning. It develops students' knowledge and understanding of Indigenous cultures with a particular focus on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples. The unit considers Indigenous and other forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states. Students develop their understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds. They explore and utilise education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes. Students also develop broad knowledge, understanding and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and their histories, cultures and languages, to meet expectations in the Australian Curriculum and the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. They develop skills and insights into how to engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful partnerships that improve academic outcomes and foster reconciliation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate cross-cultural skills and knowledge in developing partnerships with Indigenous education experts
  2. demonstrate understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds
  3. understand appropriate cultural protocols and the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. develop and utilise appropriate teaching strategies for Indigenous learners
  5. demonstrate broad knowledge of, understanding of and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, histories, cultures and languages, to promote reconciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Indigenous Australians
  6. use this knowledge in developing teaching and learning strategies related to understanding Indigenous education.

Assessment

Lesson plan (can include individual and/or group work) (1200 words or equivalent per student, 30%)
Portfolio of learning tasks (can include individual and/or group work) (2800 words or equivalent per student, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Grimmett (Berwick); Dr Gloria Quinones (City, Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students examine research which explores contemporary theories about play and how play supports children's learning. Students learn how to interpret play-based curriculum that encourages children to explore, solve problems, create and construct new knowledge and explore how play is re-defined and theorised. In addition, students explore the diverse culturally informed ways in which children in contemporary society play and learn in their families, communities and early childhood settings. Importantly, students undertake an analysis of the contemporary theories of play, noting the research upon which a variety of theories are based, examining multicultural variations, popular culture and gendered interactions. They become familiar with a range of children's play contexts. Students further develop their understanding through observing children at play, undertaking analyses and re-theorising play.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the importance of learning through play pedagogies and their application within play-based curricula
  2. critically analyse the assumptions and research base underpinning the range of theoretical perspectives of play
  3. develop an understanding of a range of tools and methods to assess children's learning in play
  4. use contemporary theories of play to creatively explore and construct re-theorisations of play and learning in families, communities and early childhood settings.

Assessment

Oral presentation of an observed play event with analysis of pedagogical practices (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Essay: apply new theoretical knowledge of play to generate a conceptual diagram of play-based curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis (Berwick); Ms Robyn Babaeff (City)

Synopsis

This unit explores children's learning development within the context of their family and communities. The theoretical and practical context of how children learn from birth to eight years of age is explored. The focus is on the implications of development for learning and teaching in relation to contemporary issues impacting on children's learning with their family and communities. All aspects of learning and teaching in these early years is examined through participation in problem-based learning scenarios and observed case studies where students analyse and apply knowledge of children, family and communities to understand both theoretical and contemporary real-life issues related to the development of children's learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical understanding of theoretical and practical interrelationships of diverse children's learning development and their broader family and social context, including children from different socio-economic, cultural and language backgrounds
  2. assess the impact of contemporary real-life issues on children's learning development in the context of multicultural families and communities
  3. observe sensitively and analyse general and specific children's learning behaviours and skills that can be used in planning and evaluation of support/learning strategies
  4. exhibit knowledge of teaching and learning strategies that are responsive to the learning strengths and needs of children from a range of linguistic, cultural, religious and socio-economic backgrounds.

Assessment

Problem-based learning written analysis of young children's learning in family and community contexts (1600 words, 40%)
Report on critical observation of examples of two diverse young children's learning in different family and community contexts (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Ms Amanda Ellaby (Berwick); Dr Wee Tiong Seah (City); Associate Professor Barbara Clarke (Peninsula)

Synopsis

The focus of this unit is on students' developing understanding of what young children do to learn mathematically and build the skills of numeracy through play, games, shapes, numbers and varied resources for young learners. Students further build their conceptual frameworks for understanding children's mathematical growth. Students critically engage with current research, practice and policy in mathematics with a special focus on mathematics and play. They are introduced to pedagogical approaches that enable them to successfully support children's learning of mathematics, including a focus on the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) and the use of real or imaginary technologies as props in their play, or as tools for designing and making meaning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum practice relating to learning mathematically through play, games and resources for young learners
  2. understand children's learning of different aspects of mathematics through the innovative use of ICTs and their implications for teaching
  3. develop an awareness of and the ability to use effective pedagogical approaches to the teaching and learning of mathematics in the early years through play
  4. implement classroom strategies using play, shapes and numbers that link mathematics to practical applications, particularly in relation to pattern, shape and number
  5. understand the importance, and develop techniques for adopting inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics.

Assessment

Evaluation of a range of teaching and learning mathematical resources that lead to meaning making through play (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Written responses to a case study observation of children learning mathematical skills and concepts through play and games involving ICTs and other methods (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis (Berwick)

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of how early childhood education can help to develop health and physical wellbeing in the young child with reference to the expectations in the Early Years Learning Framework. Wellbeing is discussed in terms of holistic approaches to health with children, their families and community including multicultural groups, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and others with diverse learner needs. There are emphases on physical wellbeing with attention paid to movement, the body, diet and nutrition, outdoor activity and risk taking, as well as children's socio-emotional wellbeing. Local and international perspectives on health and wellbeing are explored and how different cultural values disrupt the idea that there is a universal standard for health and physical wellbeing. The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) document underpins the learning in this unit. Students learn how they can develop and apply strategies to ensure the rights of children to a healthy and active lifestyle can be achieved.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. learn and apply research, policies, practices and strategies to support children and their families to be healthy and active
  2. demonstrate familiarity with community groups and amenities that promote health and physical wellbeing
  3. support a holistic and rights based approach to health and wellbeing based on the UNCRC document
  4. apply approaches to health promotion for children, their families and community including multicultural groups, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander children and others with diverse learner needs.

Assessment

Report on community health resource: analysis of the work of a community organisation focused on health and wellbeing in the young child (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critical essay on how health and socio-emotional and physical wellbeing can be developed in the young child (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Niranjan Casinader (Berwick); Ms Marie Hammer (City); Dr Corine Rivalland (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of the curriculum guidelines, documentation, assessment and evaluation policies that are pertinent to early childhood education at a local and national level. Students are involved in analyses of pedagogical, social, cultural, political and economic dimensions of curriculum theory, practice, design and assessment that meet diverse learners' needs. They develop knowledge of the key elements of current policy including the Australian Children's Education and Care Quality Authority (ACECQA), Early Years Learning Framework (EYLF), Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (AITSL), the Australian Curriculum and the Assessment and Reporting Authority (ACARA). They explore exemplars of early years programs and planning and how children's activities are assessed, so they may competently and professionally develop practices expected in early childhood learning and care in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate in-depth understanding of the curriculum guidelines, documentation, assessment and evaluation policies
  2. demonstrate the ability to observe, document, analyse, assess and evaluate children's learning and reflect on curriculum effectiveness in their own practice
  3. apply curriculum theories and design to the development of culturally inclusive programs in diverse settings for children
  4. demonstrate reflexive practice to develop effective curriculum, assessment and documentation in education.

Assessment

Curriculum policy and document analysis (2000 words, 50%)
Essay on curriculum development, application, assessment and evaluation in practice (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalyn Black (Berwick); Dr Jane Bone (City); Ms Marie Hammer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit critically examines how childhood has been theorised over time, and investigates how different concepts of childhood have shaped children's lives. Students engage with a range of educational philosophical perspectives that have contributed to understandings of childhood across time. Students also develop an understanding of the socio-economic, cultural and political contexts that have shaped childhoods in Australia and generate possibilities and challenges for young children's lives in the present and future. Particular emphasis is given to the implications for their work as professional educators.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the changing concepts of childhood over time
  2. begin to critically analyse how educational philosophies have shaped ideas of childhood
  3. understand how young Australian children's lives are historically embedded in socio-economic, cultural and political contexts
  4. critically reflect on implications for early years' education, teaching and learning.

Assessment

Essay: historical review of childhood (2000 words, 50%)
Group presentation with written narrative analysis: Australian childhood over time (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education), and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF2052 Early childhood professional experience 2B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. demonstrate they have achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education), and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF2051 Early childhood professional experience 2A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. demonstrate they have achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) course and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF2054 Primary professional experience 2B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) course and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF2053 Primary professional experience 2A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.
This unit, together with EDF2056 Secondary professional experience 2B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF2055 Secondary professional experience 2A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the second year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their second year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements manuals.

Fieldwork

10 days' supervised professional placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their second year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements manuals.

Fieldwork

10 days' supervised professional placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zane Ma Rhea

Synopsis

This unit will explore Indigenous and non-Western traditional education for both students and adults within a local and global perspective and support students to expand their understanding of Indigenous cultures and consider Indigenous and local forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states. The two foci of this unit are: first, to introduce education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes, and second, to situate mainstream provision of Indigenous education in students' future teaching contexts. Of critical importance will be an examination of the positioning of Indigenous and traditional education systems within the nation state, the impact of colonisation, issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and traditional knowledge through education, and the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and traditional education systems. Students will use their teaching experiences, an extensive national and international literature, an array of teaching and learning resources, and capacity for critical analysis, to develop skills and insights into how to engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful academic partnerships that improve academic outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have an understanding of the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to education
  2. be able to explore the role of education in nation building and the place of Indigenous and local non-Western traditional education claims within nation building
  3. become aware of issues pertaining to the retention and maintenance of Indigenous and non-Western traditional knowledge through education
  4. identify the role of international organisations in protecting, preserving and maintaining Indigenous and non-Western traditional education systems
  5. be able to use this knowledge when developing a pedagogical approach, Indigenous educational content in your area of expertise, appropriate assessment tasks and a robust evaluation framework to improve your professional practice.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Karina Wilkie

Synopsis

This unit is designed to build the competence and confidence of students in the discipline of mathematics. Students will explore a number of realistic situations across different cultures (occupational, ethnic, etc.) in which the need for mathematical problem solving arises and within which mathematical ideas are generated. Students will also be expected to draw on and utilise personal experience, skills and knowledge to enable them to respond to mathematical situations. Content areas will include the six universal mathematical activities (counting, locating, measuring, designing, explaining and playing), values and beliefs related to mathematics, and chance and data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe the relationship between multicultural real-world contexts and basic mathematical ideas
  2. consolidate their mathematical knowledge and skills across different cultures (including Indigenous Australian cultures)
  3. use a range of strategies unique to different cultures to solve mathematical problems.

Assessment

Design of mathematics activity worksheets (1000 words, 25%)
Design of a mathematics trail (3000 words,75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will analyse health and wellbeing, exercise programming and prescription and the principles of leadership within a fitness context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. gain opportunities to utilise correct terminology related to health concepts, anatomy, physiology and exercise
  2. develop safe exercise and fitness leadership skills; apply theoretical concepts related to exercise programming and prescription for a variety of different groups
  3. gain new insights into future orientations for health, wellbeing and fitness within education.

Assessment

Practical peer leadership task (1500 words or equivalent, 40%)
Examination (2 hours, 2500 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Geraldine Burke

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service primary education students with an introduction to disciplinary knowledge specific to the visual arts. It addresses studio practice within the context of both art historical and art critical practices, to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of the sources of knowledge that inform both professional and curriculum practice in the visual arts. The unit provides students with exercises in studio technique, methods of historical investigation of artworks and techniques for appreciation of artworks. Students will understand how these different practices can be integrated in relation to visual arts study and practical explorations in art making.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relevance of integrating each of the three knowledge domains specific to the visual arts for primary school students
  2. learn about different practices and theories of each of these domains
  3. obtain skills in studio practice
  4. apply techniques in both art history and art criticism.

Assessment

Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research presentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit recognises the complex literate demands placed on students due to technological advancements, an increasingly globalised world, diverse classroom contexts, and the importance literacy plays in learning, employment and community participation. It explores the multimodal nature of texts and the variety of modes that are used to create meaning in complex ways. Students explore conceptual frameworks and theoretical ideas to help them read, design and create new texts using a range of new technologies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a sound understanding of the roles and functions of literacy and multi-literacies as a means by which individuals think, learn and communicate in the twenty-first century
  2. develop techniques for the analysis and critique of multimodal texts
  3. develop a knowledge of the changing nature of literacy with reference to emerging technologies
  4. explore new and complex ways for creating and designing texts using a variety of semiotic systems
  5. explore and apply theoretical models that support the development of multimodal texts.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Multimodal text (group or individual task) (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit helps students to understand diverse and multiple literacies and how they are experienced and defined in different ways due to our unique social, cultural and linguistic backgrounds. Students critique and challenge ideas related to what counts as literacy and explore theoretical ideas such as critical literacy, place literacies and multiliteracies as a means to understand how one might define and describe literacy in a variety of contexts and cultures. Further, students explore theoretical ideas that help them to understand the complexities around learning new languages and learning in English when it is an additional language or dialect (EAL/D).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand that how people experience literacy and what counts as literacy is shaped in different social, cultural and linguistic contexts
  2. apply theoretical ideas from critical literacy, place literacies and multiliteracies as a means to understand what might count as literacy in different social, cultural and linguistic contexts
  3. gain an appreciation for the importance of oral story telling in a range of different cultures in particular for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. understand some of the complexities around learning through English when it is an additional language or dialect.

Assessment

Case study (group assignment) (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Review of literature and critique (individual or in pairs) (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit addresses the key questions of what are the similarities and distinctions between numeracy and mathematics. Although numeracy is sometimes thought of as a subset of mathematics, it can also be seen as encompassing a different set of aims and objectives. For example, the power of 'pure' mathematics can be thought of as resting in the pleasure that mathematicians gain from 'playing' with mathematics for its own sake, and the resultant ever more abstract nature of the subject. In contrast, being numerate means working in the opposite direction: looking for the mathematics potentially 'hidden' in the world and drawing on quantitative skills to question particular issues. Numeracy is linked to being able to make critically informed judgements, judgements for which mathematical knowledge in itself may not equip one. By addressing such issues the unit develops both students' understanding of numeracy and mathematics and what this means for them as teachers and future leaders of numeracy in schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate the distinction between numeracy and mathematics
  2. demonstrate understanding of the difference between mathematics as a key learning area and numeracy as a general learning area
  3. demonstrate awareness of the different sorts of contexts, problems and activities that lead to learners becoming numerate in their personal and civic lives
  4. articulate how their learning experiences in the unit relate to teaching, learning and leadership in primary schools.

Assessment

Report on a numeracy inquiry (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research report (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is framed around the importance of teachers having a rich, connected understanding of fundamental mathematics, particularly as it relates to measurement and geometry. The core of the unit involves students working in groups on carefully selected mathematics problems that focus on the relationship between measurement and geometry, and their practical relevance. Carefully chosen problems together with whole class discussion emerging from students' work on the problems, challenge students to develop spatial reasoning and problem-solving skills and be fluent in certain skills, definitions and vocabulary. Importantly, students are encouraged to view learning as supported by dialogue and to develop their own understandings through working with others' thinking on a topic. Students learn to communicate mathematical ideas effectively, using a range of media including information and communication technologies (ICTs).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts, substance and structure of the mathematical content underpinning measurement and geometry in the primary school curriculum
  2. show awareness of how the concepts and structure of primary measurement and geometry relate to the mathematics of secondary schooling and beyond
  3. demonstrate broad knowledge and understanding of the historical and cultural nature of number and operations and how this relates to education of students from diverse backgrounds, including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders
  4. display confidence in posing and solving problems and reasoning in measurement and geometry, thus being a competent and creative mathematics learner who can foster these attributes in their own learners.

Assessment

Report and reflection on a measurement and geometry inquiry (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Project report on mathematical proficiencies (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

In this unit students create time-based art works such as stop motion, animation, short films and digital stories. They engage with four-dimensional (4D, time-based) art practices through a range of traditional, analogue and digital platforms. They critically analyse the use of communication technologies and digital tools as well as the impact and expansion of new media on art practice. They investigate the cultural, creative and social effect that new media practices, such as digital art and graphics, virtual, internet and interactive art, computer games and robotics, have on our understanding of art and aesthetics.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. create still and moving images, record sound effects and use software to edit, mix and arrange digital outputs
  2. effectively participate in the pre-production, production and post-production of 4D artworks
  3. develop strategies and activities for studio and classroom application of stop motion, animation, short films and digital stories across the primary curriculum
  4. develop an aesthetic and critical awareness of 4D artworks and new media in relation to contemporary art practice and theory
  5. develop skills in utilising these media forms for student learning in schools.

Assessment

4D artwork (3200 words or equivalent, 80%)
Visual diary (800 words or equivalent, 20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pearl Subban

Synopsis

This unit has been designed to provide the opportunity for students to explore significant aspects of child and adolescent development within the context of teacher education. It considers psychological, motivational, social, cognitive, biological and socio-cultural perspectives of child and adolescent development and the possible implications for learning. Students inquire into strategies for teaching and learning with children and adolescents based on contemporary knowledge of development, which takes into consideration the range of diversity now common in classrooms.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand both childhood and adolescence as discrete but also diverse periods of individual development in our society
  2. identify how development of children and adolescents in general and specific behaviours and skills of individuals link to contemporary theoretical perspectives
  3. examine the likely impact of factors such as culture, family, genetic inheritance and life experiences on child and adolescent development
  4. analyse a range of learning theories
  5. examine how teacher-student relationships are influenced by issues of development.

Assessment

Case Study (2000 words, 50%)
Research paper (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week lectures, workshops or online activities

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up required minimum hours

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pearl Subban

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the pedagogical practices of teachers. Students are encouraged to research changing practices, critically reflect on their own teaching practices and those of others, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the profession and their own classroom practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of theoretical perspectives on classroom practice, and critically examine these in light of their own developing practice
  2. demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for use in the primary classroom
  3. explore and develop their own pedagogical and classroom practice
  4. reflect upon their own practices in relation to effective teaching.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture
  • 1 hour workshop

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Grimmett

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to pedagogical and curriculum-related issues in arts education, spanning Prep to Year 10. It provides students with an overview of different approaches to theories and practices of arts education. It prepares students for the tasks of selecting content and designing units of work in the arts. Students explore discipline-based arts (music, dance, drama, visual arts), as well as cross curricula and integrative approaches to the arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical understanding of issues in arts education
  2. understand current research in arts education pedagogy
  3. develop an awareness of disciplinary skills and concepts in the arts
  4. obtain skills in content selection and curriculum design in the arts
  5. engage with arts practices and experiences.

Assessment

Research assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Arts project (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Faulkner

Synopsis

This unit revisits a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy, particularly in relation to the middle and upper primary years. Students are encouraged to research changing literacy practices, critically reflect on their own beliefs and teaching practices, and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the learning and teaching of literacy to a diverse range of learners. Students critically examine current literacy practices, including assessment, curriculum and reporting of literacy learning, in order to develop effective methods of literacy pedagogy and planning in their own teaching. Students' pedagogical practices take into account the changing social futures and needs of primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of theoretical perspectives on effective literacy learning in the middle and upper primary years
  2. reflect on their personal professional learning during placement and implement teaching and learning strategies that demonstrate an understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the middle and upper primary classroom, including approaches to planning, assessment and reporting
  3. explore ways to integrate literacy teaching across the curriculum
  4. understand the importance of using a variety of texts and literature as part of an effective literacy program
  5. become competent in the use of a range of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies, and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Professional portfolio (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Curriculum planning (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit will further develop students' skills and understanding of positive learning environments and effective classroom management. The unit will focus on understanding classroom relationships and the connection between learning and behaviour, and positive learning environments and relationships. It will cover the causes of challenging behaviours and ways to respond in preventative and reactive, and ethical and professional ways. Students will examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and develop strategies to respond to the learning needs of students with potentially challenging behaviours and to better manage the situations that can give rise to such behaviours.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relationship between positive learning environments and relationships and classroom behaviour
  2. examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and professional and ethical issues surrounding their interactions with students
  3. understand the medical, ecological, organisational and relationship factors that can influence students' learning and behaviour
  4. develop an awareness of the effects on learning and behaviour of conditions such as learning disabilities, learning difficulties, mental health conditions and conduct disorders
  5. understand the impact of these on students' cognitive, social and emotional well-being
  6. develop a repertoire of effective behaviour management strategies including problem-solving and relationship-building skills with students
  7. learn to work effectively with students, their families and other professionals in meeting the broader needs of students.

Assessment

Case study (1500 words, 40%)
Project plan (2500 words or equivalent, 60%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicola Johnson (Gippsland); Mr Ibrahim Latheef (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the range of linguistic and literate demands on young children in contemporary Australia. Within a framework of multiliteracies, students will reconceptualise literacy to encompass systems of symbolic representation such as oral, written, disciplinary, artistic, technological, environmental, emotional and social literacies. Students will explore ways of analysing and extending children's representational capacities

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify how children make meaning through their participation and use of semiotic systems in a variety of social contexts
  2. describe and critique key curriculum principles for supporting the development of children's multi-literacy skills
  3. plan and implement ways to enhance children's use of a range of modes of communication
  4. implement teaching strategies to extend children's access to technological literacies.

Assessment

Working with multimodal texts (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Planning assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours on campus contact per week
  • 1 hour online contact per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland); Ms Marie Hammer (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will be introduced to a range of different theoretical perspectives related to children's learning and development, including developmental, sociocultural, post-structural and post-modern theories. These theoretical lenses will be used to examine images of childhood as they are constructed in relation to time, space and place, with a particular emphasis on cultural constructions including indigeneity. Students will examine learning that occurs in a range of contexts including the classroom, the home, other informal settings and the wider community and the attendant implications this has for students from Indigenous backgrounds. Students will be presented with opportunities to describe, critique and utilise these theories during their professional placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of different theories of children's learning and development
  2. use theories to investigate practices across time, culture, space and places
  3. develop techniques to assist in observing children and their learning
  4. reflect on their personal professional learning during professional placement
  5. recognise and apply their understanding of children's learning in an educational setting.

Fieldwork

5 days' placement

Assessment

Successful completion of placement: 5 days (1600 words or equivalent, 40%)
Collection of observations (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monica Green (Gippsland); Ms Rosemary Bennett (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the components of experiential education in the context of movement, environment and community. There will be an exploration of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, the environment and sustainability and the context and community. Students will learn through experience of movement from the perspective of the learner, teacher and community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and implement learning experiences focusing on movement, environment and community
  2. critique a variety of perspectives relating to movement, environment and community
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the dynamic interactions between the mind and body, environment and sustainability, and the context and community
  4. use resources and equipment in a safe and ethical manner.

Assessment

Report (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Planning assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Heather Ernst (Gippsland); Dr Jill Cheeseman (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit will build on students' understandings and skills developed in EDF1307 Early Literacy and numeracy 1. Students will explore the importance of translating home and community learning into various institutional settings. The teaching of literacy and numeracy will be examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives, and students will be assisted to develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand a number of interpretations of what constitutes literacy and numeracy
  2. recognise how key mathematical and literate concepts are practiced in early learning settings such as homes, communities, child care, preschools and the early years of school
  3. appreciate that literacy and numeracy learning occur in multiple contexts and in multiple ways
  4. identify and employ a range of pedagogical tools to support children's learning in literacy and numeracy.

Assessment

Web page (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research paper (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Students will examine how educational systems in varied places and local-global contexts respond to issues such as social justice, equity and diversity. Students will understand approaches to education that address the broad cultural, ethical and intellectual dilemmas emerging in diverse geographic educational contexts, and how these determine policy formation. Students will research case examples of policy and practice to develop a critical understanding of the relationships between geo-political issues and practical outcomes for students, teachers and communities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of significant global issues affecting educational policy and practice
  2. explore case examples of educational policy and practice
  3. understand the local and global nature of educational policy
  4. critique policy with respect to children's learning and development.

Assessment

Oral or written report (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research presentation: oral or written (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nathan Brubaker

Synopsis

In this unit students will extend their understanding of theoretical perspectives relating to difference and consider implications this has for themselves, learners and families within a variety of educational and institutional settings. Students will develop understandings of, and professional skills in, engaging with diverse learners and families, irrespective of circumstances.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. continue to develop a professional language to identify and support their beliefs about social difference
  2. develop, enact, and evaluate various pedagogical approaches to engaging with diversity
  3. demonstrate confidence, sensitivity, professional skill in, and commitment to, engaging equitably with diverse learners and families
  4. demonstrate skill in engaging with diverse learners and families that maximise learning opportunities for all learners, regardless of circumstances
  5. consider their own positioning in relation to diversity and how this impacts learners and families through reflexivity.

Assessment

Reflexive paper part 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Reflexive paper part 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marc Pruyn

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy in the upper primary school. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in their course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in upper primary school settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. consistently demonstrate a range of appropriate professional behaviours, including punctuality, courtesy, confidentiality and appropriate dress
  2. exhibit curiosity and initiative in forming relationships with children, colleagues, and families, including the ability to clearly articulate to others the fieldwork and practice requirements of this unit
  3. plan and initiate a range of experiences for children (individuals and small groups) across a variety of curriculum domains (e.g. literacy, numeracy, music, art, science, technology), including the arrangement of space, time, and materials to support children's learning
  4. engage with colleagues and families to identify their expectations for children's learning and development, in a way that incorporates the needs of diverse learners
  5. systematically plan for and reflect on their own development.

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only
Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement manual (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)
The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (1600 words, equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF2508


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy in the junior primary school. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in their course, and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in junior primary school settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. consistently demonstrate a range of appropriate professional behaviours, including punctuality, courtesy, confidentiality and appropriate dress
  2. exhibit curiosity and initiative in forming relationships with children, colleagues, and families, including the ability to clearly articulate to others the fieldwork and practice requirements of this unit
  3. plan and initiate a range of experiences for children (individuals, small groups, and whole class sessions) across a variety of curriculum domains (e.g. literacy, numeracy, music, art, science, technology), including the arrangement of space, time, and materials to support children's learning
  4. engage with colleagues and families to identify their expectations for children's learning and development, in a way that incorporates the needs of diverse learners
  5. systematically plan for and reflect on their own development.

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only
Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement manual (2400 words or equivalent, 60%)
The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF3507


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to develop their own understandings of learning and teaching and to critically examine how curriculum can be more responsive to the needs of adolescents. It puts forward the idea that effective learning environments in the middle years must be sensory rich, intellectually challenging and based upon a critical constructivist philosophy of learning. The unit challenges traditional classroom management constructs and encourages students to determine how best to serve the needs of young people in their care while fulfilling the social function of preparing citizens of a future world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. build pedagogical content knowledge related to the intellectual development and individual growth of young adolescents and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to young adolescents
  2. become familiar with and critically examine the literature relating to middle years approaches and the unique needs of adolescents as a group in transition from childhood to adult hood
  3. develop an understanding of a critical constructivist philosophy of learning and how it relates to classroom practice and relationships in the middle years
  4. work collaboratively with peers to develop an understanding of the importance and value of a team approach to curriculum and pedagogical reform.

Assessment

Essay: a critique of the literature (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Group presentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit will focus on how to create positive classroom and school environments that engage all learners, including those with diverse needs. Students will learn how learner behaviour, teacher behaviour, the curriculum and teaching strategies interact and can influence each other. Students will understand the value of using evidence-based practices in creating engaging classroom environments for all learners. A key focus will be learning some of the fundamental research based strategies that can be used in creating engaging classrooms for all learners, including those with diverse needs. The need to collaborate with colleagues and parents in creating engaging classrooms for all will also be discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify factors necessary for creating engaging classrooms for all learners, including those with diverse needs
  2. critically examine significant research that can be used by educators to create engaging classroom environments
  3. learn about theories and strategies that can be used to create engaging classrooms for all
  4. understand the need to collaborate with parents and other stakeholders in creating engaging classrooms.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words, 50%)
Classroom engagement plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit will provide an overview of effective, as well as evidence-based, learning and teaching practices in various educational settings for students with diverse needs. Generic learning and teaching strategies that can be applied in a variety of educational settings will be promoted, with a particular focus on peer-assisted learning, cooperative learning, reciprocal teaching, providing feedback, differentiated instruction and ways in which positive relationships between teachers and students might be promoted. Finally, students will be encouraged to critically analyse different forms of evidence and the ways they might evaluate their own teaching practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse research evidence that supports the use of different learning and teaching practices
  2. identify and practise a range of effective and evidence-based learning and teaching strategies for students with diverse needs
  3. develop and practise positive relationship and communication skills between teachers and students
  4. reflect on the manner in which educators might evaluate their own practice.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Tarryn Whitmore

Synopsis

This unit examines aquatic education in a variety of coastal, inland and closed aquatic environments. Australia's climate and diverse environments shape different social, cultural and environmental understandings associated with aquatics. Aquatic education is therefore explored within a socio-ecological framework that provides students with a critical understanding of education, risk management and programming practices. Students will be presented with the opportunity to participate in a range of experiences that further refine practice across diverse aquatic teaching contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critique the provision of aquatic education within a broader socio-ecological framework;
  2. document their observations and evaluations with respect to education, risk management, programming and user groups at a variety of venues
  3. demonstrate effective and safe group teaching practices for a variety of participants in a practical setting
  4. teach, exhibit and describe effective swimming, survival and rescue techniques using a range of teaching approaches in closed and open water environments
  5. explain key elements of successful aquatic centre management practices
  6. describe various activities and games that can be used for different aquatic user groups
  7. locate aquatic education and its role within the broader aquatic recreation and leisure industry.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brian Wattchow

Synopsis

This unit inquires into the relationships between experience and education in movement and outdoor contexts. It synthesises and builds on the units that students study in the first two years of their degree. The backdrop for this unit is the philosophies and theories underpinning experiential education and their relationship to practice in sporting and outdoor contexts. Students will develop their understanding of experiential education through a variety of means and experiences.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate their understanding of experiential education in a sporting or outdoor context.
  2. interpret and critically assess a range of experiential education theories and approaches
  3. demonstrate the ability to plan and organise an experiential learning service activity
  4. reflect on the practice of experiential learning.

Assessment

Scholarly presentation and teaching plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critical reflections essay (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork and preparatory classes may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brian Wattchow

Synopsis

This unit introduces the philosophy and theory of adventure education. This includes an experiential learning program (where the student works as both a participant and leader/facilitator) in outdoor activities such as kayaking, sea kayaking, and environmental interpretation. Students focus on facilitating the transfer of adventure experiences to life-applicable learning. The unit emphasises planning, utilising, managing, and evaluating the use of small groups in problem solving, trust and team building activities. This unit includes eight days of fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the philosophy and theoretical basis of adventure education
  2. demonstrate knowledge of student centred teaching methods
  3. effectively facilitate small group activities within the adventure education paradigm
  4. actively demonstrate competencies in practical components
  5. engage with contemporary issues in adventure education practice
  6. demonstrate reflective skills to enhance further professional development.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork and preparatory classes may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF1604 or EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Beau Miles

Synopsis

This unit develops the theory and practice of leadership and programming in relation to outdoor recreation. Concepts, principles, styles, leadership skills and programming techniques are investigated as they might occur in a broad range of settings. Ten days of fieldwork allows students to gain experience in applying these skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts of leadership and programming
  2. explain and critique the theories of leadership and programming
  3. examine the practice of leadership and programming
  4. apply theoretical concepts and demonstrate skills appropriate to their own philosophy of leadership and programming
  5. display the ability to lead a range of different activities utilising various styles as appropriate in selected outdoor activities
  6. develop personalised and group programs to suit a range of settings.

Assessment

Class test (1000 words equivalent, 25%)
Practical leadership skills assessment (2000 words equivalent, 50% - students must achieve a pass grade in this assessment task)
Fieldwork journal (1000 words, 25%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF1604 or EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes

Synopsis

In this unit, students are introduced to the concepts of community physical activity promotion as it relates to health/wellness. The unit builds upon work in EDF1605 and uses a theoretical framework about the 'upstream' contexts of physical activity including those of policy, engagement, community action and advocacy. Several physical activity promotion theories will be examined, however much of the content of this unit will be developed using a social-ecological framework. This framework will be applied to schools, local shires, youth groups, hospitals, parks and in built, social, community and natural environments. Field day experiences are used to consolidate learning in this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply knowledge of lifespan physical activity and wellness in community wide approaches to physical activity promotion
  2. list and describe the determinants and conceptual approaches in intra and inter-personal environments, micro, meso and macro environments
  3. understand the differences between downstream (choice-driven) and upstream (choice-enabling) physical activity promotion policies
  4. define the terms: physical activity, epidemiology, inequality, inequity, risk factors, ecological fallacy and other related terms
  5. develop quantitative and qualitative understandings of research design and approaches in community physical activity and wellness studies
  6. engage with the professional literature on community physical activity promotion
  7. develop appropriate strategies for the promotion of physical activity in community settings
  8. critically reflect on community programs engaged to promote physical activity in the population
  9. evaluate community settings using appropriate fieldwork measuring and interpretive devices
  10. participate effectively in a community fieldwork setting.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2400 words, 60%)
Assessment task 2 (1600 words, 40%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF1605 or EDF1616 or approved equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan Magee

Synopsis

This unit examines contemporary theories and practical techniques associated with coaching for sport, physical education and recreation. General education, skill acquisition and motor learning and control theories are used to explain contemporary coaching practices including games for understanding, fundamental motor skill development, sport education and other holistic approaches. Students are involved in planning, teaching and evaluating practical sessions (athletics/games/ball handling) using a variety of pedagogical approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the characteristics of an effective coach as educator
  2. examine the advantages and disadvantages of various coaching/education styles
  3. develop and communicate a personal coaching philosophy
  4. clarify personal coaching/educating objectives
  5. explain how coaching practice relates to different theories associated with skill acquisition and motor learning and control
  6. develop an outline for a yearly, through to sessional plan, in a particular activity incorporating assessment and evaluation of strengths and weaknesses
  7. demonstrate knowledge of psychological concepts that influence athlete preparation and performance
  8. apply these theoretical concepts and demonstrate practical skills (athletics, games, ball handling).

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1200 words equivalent, 30%)
Assessment task 2 (2800 words, 70%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will develop a rationale of education through the arts and the place of dance in arts education, processes common to the arts including creating/making and presenting, arts criticism and aesthetics, past and present contexts and other aspects of dance curriculum such as devising dance lessons and safe dance practice. Practical experience in dance is a major part of the unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have an understanding of the nature of dance in education and its place in major curriculum and arts documents
  2. demonstrate basic knowledge of the available resources that can help with ideas, and the range of stimulus materials that can be used in a dance program
  3. examine the common elements of the arts and the unique qualities of dance
  4. observe and analyse the movement of others
  5. articulate a rationale for the inclusion of dance in the school curriculum
  6. display a commitment to the process of dance education.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 40%)
Dance composition (30%)
Oral presentation (30%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lilly Yazdanpanah

Synopsis

This unit will briefly examine the concept of life unit learning and the societal trends that have drawn attention to adult learning. It will introduce students to the core body of theories and practices traditionally associated with adult learning. Concepts of leadership and facilitation of adult learning will be explored. The role of the adult educator will be theorised with reference to responsibilities and values and their relationship to educational practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the broad traditions and philosophical approaches in adult education
  2. situate key terms used in adult education including andragogy, self-directed learning and facilitation
  3. highlight perspectives and debates on the value of terms such as andragogy, self-directed learning and facilitation
  4. reflect on the role of the adult educator and their own teaching practice as educational leaders.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (3000 words, 75%)
Critical commentary (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson

Synopsis

This unit examines the diverse contexts of adult learning and development from historical and contemporary perspectives. Consideration is given to the ways in which adult learning and development have been shaped by social, political and economic imperatives, including workplace and technological change. Students are given opportunities to explore the impact and implications of these contextual forces for adult educators and learners in workplace and community settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of core concepts relating to 'contexts' in adult learning and development
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the historical context of adult and vocational education and training
  3. demonstrate knowledge of how contemporary social, political and economic forces, including workplace and technological change are reshaping adult learning and development
  4. analyse the inter-relationships between the context and practices of adult learning and development.

Assessment

All tasks negotiated but equivalent in total to 4000 words:
Reading review (1500 words, 30%)
Case study report (2500 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Wing Chan

Synopsis

This unit bridges the knowledge and writing common to the workplace and to higher education learning. It develops awareness of the multiple knowledges that are valued in workplace and academic contexts. It provides students with opportunities to critically reflect on the contested nature of theoretical and experiential knowledge and to draw these into their academic research and writing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enhance their abilities to critically reflect on academic and workplace texts and practices
  2. develop the skills required to successfully complete the research and writing outcomes of the Bachelor of Adult Learning and Development program.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Critical peer review (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Critical review of practice (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

This unit has been developed in response to radical changes in the way that education and training are being constructed and delivered. The unit will develop students' understandings of the impact the convergence of information technology and telecommunications is having upon the learner, the teacher, the workplace, the education provider and society in general. Attention will be given to the various government and organisational influences which are directing these changes. Through a study of technology, teaching and learning theory, and research, students will be introduced to the basic principles underpinning the design of educational multimedia resources.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. outline national and state policies in relation to multimedia and the delivery of education and training
  2. identify and understand the links, in the context of the information economy, between the learner, the teacher, the workplace, the provider and society
  3. demonstrate an awareness of the requirements in developing an effective multimedia learning environment
  4. understand the links between research, adult education and multimedia
  5. examine the processes required to construct an educational multimedia resource.

Assessment

Research or policy critique (1500 words, 20%)
Action plan (2500 words, 80%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

In this unit students will acquire skills in constructing multimedia artefacts such as images, audio and video, and understanding and practical skills in applying these artefacts into an educational resource. Throughout the unit students will have the opportunity to critically evaluate educational multimedia products and their role in education and training.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. design and develop an original multimedia resource which uses a range of technologies
  2. evaluate educational multimedia packages and environment
  3. select and use appropriate hardware and software for the creation of a variety of multimedia artefacts.

Assessment

All tasks negotiated but equivalent in total to 4000 words:
Multimedia evaluation report (1000 words, 20%)
Media rich project: design and development of an educational multimedia resource(3000 words equivalent, 80%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Webb

Synopsis

This unit will critically consider the ways in which work and workplaces have been changing in recent years, and the implications of these changes for workplace educators and others with an interest in how people learn at work. The unit explores and critiques a range of perspectives on workplace learning. A key part of this is an analysis of the role of the adult or workplace educator in facilitating learning at work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand current trends in the world of work and of organisations
  2. understand different theoretical approaches to workplace learning
  3. critically reflect on their own workplace contexts
  4. further develop skills in designing work-based learning strategies sensitive to the contexts of the organisations in which they work.

Assessment

Critique of a workplace learning strategy (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Workplace learning strategy or case study analysis (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the theory and practice of program design and delivery. Students will reflect on their own experiences and other case studies in order to identify and assess different approaches to program design, the role of the designer, underlying design principles and intended outcomes. Students will examine concepts of program design and evaluation, understand the links between particular approaches to program design and delivery and certain situations; and learn to justify why particular design strategies are preferred in different situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the theory and practice of program design and delivery
  2. identify and describe different approaches to program design and their implications for teaching, learning and assessment
  3. describe a variety of evaluation approaches and the situations in which they are best used
  4. undertake or analyse program design and delivery taking into account a variety of situational, learner and social parameters.

Assessment

Reading review (1500 words, 40%)
Final report (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF3801


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit explores conceptual and practical issues relating to 'difference' and socio-cultural diversity among adult learners in workplace and community settings. Students will examine policies and strategies for recognising and accommodating difference in the design and delivery of adult education and training programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand how 'difference' has been conceptualised in relation to adult learning and development
  2. appreciate how social, cultural and other differences interact with and shape processes of adult learning and development
  3. recognise the implications of difference among adult learners for program design and delivery
  4. acquire skills and strategies for working with difference among adult learners in workplace and community settings.

Assessment

Reading review (1500 words, 40%)
Final report (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours and 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF3803


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Angela Mornane (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on significant aspects of adolescent development in the context of teacher education. Building on the first-year education units students are introduced to psychological research into adolescent age span and encouraged to develop critical perspectives on knowledge claims rather than relying on anecdotal information. The unit considers psychological, motivational, social, cognitive, biological and sociocultural perspectives of adolescent development and learning. Students inquire into interpersonal and teaching strategies for teaching and learning with adolescents based on contemporary knowledge of adolescent development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate adolescence as a discrete period of individual development in our society
  2. articulate theories of adolescent development from a scientific viewpoint
  3. explain the developmental tasks of adolescence
  4. understand how teacher-student relationships are influenced by issues of adolescent development
  5. identify problems in teaching adolescents and apply relevant frameworks
  6. analyse multidimensional facets of influence (motivations, self-esteem: anxiety, stress, coping: biological processes, cognition, moral development, development of the self: familial, peer and sociocultural influences, issues of diversity, additional issues including substance abuse, deviance, depression, truancy, bullying and resilience)
  7. access relevant information on aspects of adolescents' development.

Assessment

Group presentation (2000 words per student equivalent, 50%)
Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Must have passed 2 units in EDF1301, EDF1302, EDF1303, EDF1304 AND must have passed 2 units in EDF2001, EDF2002, EDF2004, EDF2005 OR must have passed 2 units in EDF2003, EDF3002


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin

Synopsis

The unit provides students with an understanding of how to engage with young and adolescent learners across discipline areas through their literacy and numeracy practices, in and out of school. By linking theory and practice, the unit offers a sociocultural perspective on language, literacy and numeracy as social, cultural, political and technological practices that develop in multiple contexts, both in and out of schools and classrooms, and play key roles in mediating learners' identities, relationships and understandings of the world.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the centrality of language and literacy in mediating learning in and out of school and the importance of ties between home and school practices
  2. develop an understanding of literacy and numeracy as social practices, and become aware of relationships between identity and learning
  3. develop an understanding of the relationship between language and identity
  4. be familiar with a range of theories that reconceptualise traditional understandings of school and out-of-school literacy and numeracy and their social, cultural, political and pedagogical implications
  5. be able to analyse the literacy and numeracy practices in classrooms, schools and out-of-school settings
  6. be sensitive to sociocultural diversity in school communities and begin developing a professional capacity to recognise, respond and teach to difference
  7. be familiar with a range of policy and curriculum initiatives and their pedagogical implications.

Assessment

Critical narrative (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Academic essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit builds the capacity of students for researching teaching and learning in their own educational setting, using data to inform their practice and developing an evidence base for this practice. It will explore approaches and frameworks for teachers (and pre-service teachers) to conduct educational research. The unit addresses questions such as: where this research can occur, what is to be researched, how this research can be undertaken and why such research is important. It will explore methodologies such as action research, self-study, case studies, critical incident analysis, observation, surveys, interviews and narrative enquiry. The notion of what constitutes a research community within a professional setting will also be considered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the importance of educational inquiry for improving the professional practice of teachers and improving practices in school communities
  2. access and develop an evidence base for the development of skills and knowledge associated with undertaking teacher research
  3. demonstrate an awareness of ethical and pragmatic issues associated with undertaking research in a range of educational settings
  4. develop an evidence base of the impact of research on improving the educational outcomes in educational settings. This includes improvement in teaching, learning and organisational outcomes.

Fieldwork

For courses 3750 Bachelor of Education (P-10) and 4209 Bachelor of Education (Special Education) placement in a school setting taken in EDF3102 Professional experience 3B (10 days) or EDF4042 Professional experience 4B (20 days). For Bachelor of Education (Secondary) courses: students who commenced the course prior to 2014: 5 days

Assessment

Teacher research project (3000 words, 75%)
Evidence-based practice report (1000 words, 25%)
For Bachelor of Education (Secondary) courses commenced prior to 2014: satisfactory completion of teaching practice.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mary-Lou Rasmussen

Synopsis

This unit inquires into the challenges of achieving equity in schooling and education in diverse social and cultural contexts. It critically engages with a combination of sociological theory, contemporary policy documents and accounts of innovative practice in schools and communities to explore the ways in which curriculum and teaching and learning strategies can be ethically responsive to centralised government policy and local and community needs. International policy developments and trends in multicultural education are examined, as well as local, state and national responses. Cultural, linguistic, religious, socioeconomic, intellectual and physical differences among all students are studied in relation to creating equitable and inclusive learning environments. The unit builds understanding of the histories, cultures and identities of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and explores how this understanding in educators can productively contribute to experiences of schooling for all young Australians.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret a range of education policy developments and educational research that relates to schooling and equity in local, national and global contexts
  2. critically explore the ways in which curriculum and teaching and learning strategies can be ethically responsive to centralised government policy and local and community needs
  3. appreciate the many dimensions and experiences of difference in young people's experiences of schooling in Australia and internationally
  4. demonstrate an understanding of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander histories, cultures and identities and apply this understanding in their work as educators
  5. reflect critically on themselves as educators and the strategies they will use for engaging diverse learners.

Fieldwork

For students who commenced the course prior to 2014: 5 days

Assessment

1. Knowledge building tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50% in total, consisting of):
Part A: quiz (800 words equivalent, 20%)
Part B: group work (1200 words equivalent, 30%)

2. Research paper (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Course commenced prior to 2014:
Must have passed 3 units in EDF1303, EDF1304, EDF2003, EDF2004, EDF2005, EDF3002

Course commenced in or after 2014:
EDF2005 and EDF2007

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit examines a range of curriculum theories and uses this knowledge as a framework for exploring the work that teachers do to develop responsive curriculum and innovative practice. Through an examination of a range of innovative practices that engage diverse student populations, the unit explores the ways in which teachers in schools transform centralised curriculum documents and bring curriculum 'to life'. In association with this exploration, they investigate a range of issues including: maximising student motivation in schools, engagement through curriculum development and innovative practice, developing community-based curriculums and practices, and teachers seeing themselves as 'curriculum workers' and the implication of this for their professional identity. Students draw on their emerging understandings of curriculum policies, issues and innovation to develop practices that are inclusive, exciting and educational.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe, evaluate and compare different theoretical and practical approaches to developing curriculum, including both traditional and innovative practices
  2. examine contemporary curriculum issues and explore exemplars of innovative practice by teachers in response to these issues
  3. articulate the connections between robust curriculum development and innovative practice
  4. analyse key policies and documents relating to curriculum, including those associated with the Australian CurriculumAustralian Curriculum (http://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/), and show how they promote or constrain innovative practice
  5. appreciate the importance of teachers as curriculum workers and explain how this is related to their professional identity
  6. develop curricula and practices that are educational, innovative, inclusive of difference and aligned with national and state curriculum policies and frameworks.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words, 50%)
Curriculum construction task (2000 words equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload is 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week (in non-placement weeks) of lectures/tutorials/workshops

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Successful completion of at least 24 credit points of education units.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit extends students' knowledge, skills and dispositions relating to early years mathematics and numeracy, to the exploration of different pedagogical approaches and strategies in the teaching of mathematics and numeracy to primary school children through to Year 6. Students have opportunities to engage in critical readings on current research and practice in numeracy education and practical learning strategies so they can implement effective student learning in different mathematical topics. There is an emphasis on students interrogating their understanding and honing their skills in facilitating children's learning in a variety of sociocultural and educational contexts. Students use and apply learning technologies that cater for diverse learners and mixed abilities, and develop and use creative assessment. Particular emphasis is placed on topics related to chance and data and measurement. These activities are informed by current local and international educational policy and curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and apply key concepts in primary mathematics and numeracy pedagogy
  2. understand how sociocultural, political and educational contexts can facilitate and impede students' learning of primary mathematics and numeracy and how to ensure all children maximise their learning
  3. evaluate personal professional assumptions about teaching and learning primary mathematics and numeracy
  4. plan for the effective use of appropriate pedagogical strategies to support children's learning in current-day, multiple contexts
  5. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning in formative and summative ways.

Assessment

Critical analysis of a selected pedagogical context or issue in numeracy education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Reflective examination of the ways in which relevant sociocultural, political and educational contexts have been negotiated in the development of a chosen numeracy unit (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of arts education in the primary years in relation to Victorian and Australian curriculum. Specifically, it explores arts education with a focus on music, media, visual arts, dance and drama in the primary years. Students are encouraged to develop their competencies as teachers, artists and researchers in the arts. A focal point of the unit is on nurturing student creativity and critical thinking skills. The unit embraces arts education pedagogy that draws on the perspectives of the generalist primary school teacher, specialist arts teachers and children.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of effective planning and teaching of the arts for primary school children of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  2. develop units of work in the arts that include a focus on integrating the arts across the curriculum and assessment in the arts
  3. explore and develop their own arts skills and creative pedagogical practices in the arts
  4. identify, evaluate and interpret a range of relevant curriculum documents and resources for teaching the arts
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the connections between the arts, sustainability, health and wellbeing, interculturality, information and communication technologies (ICTs), and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples.

Assessment

Research project (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Integrated unit of work (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF3024).

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines, subjects and learning priorities in primary schools. Through this advanced pedagogy unit, students build on their prior learning from across the course to further develop skills in a number of areas including lesson and unit planning, developing learning outcomes for students, differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs, selection and preparation of appropriate teaching resources and assessment strategies, and selection of appropriate content and teaching procedures. The focus of the unit is on developing pedagogy pertinent to policy and curriculum relevant to the early years of primary school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and apply their understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines, subjects and learning areas in the early years of the primary school
  2. develop and share examples of lessons and units encompassing differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs
  3. select and use appropriate resources and strategies for the teaching of disciplines, subjects and learning priorities in the early years
  4. understand and utilise policy and curriculum to inform teaching and learning in the early years.

Assessment

Lesson plans for an early years discipline area (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Early years of primary unit of work (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF3023).

Synopsis

This unit continues the development of students' understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines, subjects and learning priorities in primary schools, with an emphasis on the later years of primary school. Through this advanced pedagogy unit, students build on their prior learning from across the course to further develop skills in a number of areas including lesson and unit planning, developing learning outcomes for students, differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs, selection and preparation of appropriate teaching resources and assessment strategies and selection of appropriate content and teaching procedures. The focus of the unit is on developing pedagogy relevant to older primary learners and to curriculum from education systems outside of the Australian context. This includes how to develop pedagogy in school systems where mainstream resources are not available, so that students are prepared to teach across the world in varied settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and apply their understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines, subjects and learning areas in the later years of the primary school
  2. develop and share examples of lessons and units encompassing differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse older learner needs in primary schools
  3. select and use appropriate resources and strategies for the teaching of disciplines, subjects and learning priorities in primary schools in varied settings and socio-economic settings outside of Australia
  4. understand and utilise policy and curriculum from Australia and elsewhere to inform teaching and learning in the later years.

Assessment

Lesson plans for differentiated curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Unit of work for a non-Australian primary years curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of the factors involved in diverse learners' experiences in childhood development. It focuses on individuals with physical, cognitive or emotional differences and abilities, as well as differences created by social structures such as family, class, gender, and culture. Approaches to catering for children with delayed development, exceptional ability, emotional or behavioural problems are provided for critical reflection and discussion and develop students' ability to respond to varied children's needs. Major theoretical perspectives and current debates related to development are explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of children's developmental and individual needs
  2. explain how individual differences can be created by social and other factors
  3. apply knowledge of how to cater for individual differences in classroom settings
  4. demonstrate the skills required to engage children with emotional, cognitive and behavioural needs in positive learning and developmental experiences
  5. demonstrate an awareness of the skills required to make connections with the home environment and other professional bodies so all children can maximise their capacity to be confident and involved learners.

Assessment

Developmental autobiography (2000 words, 50%)
Report on developing strategies to teach a child with diverse ability needs (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit critically examines trends in education policy across local, national regional and global levels. Students engage with notions of neoliberalism in education policy and investigate how policy influences early years' education through a range of perspectives. Students also develop an understanding of Australian policy relevant to early childhood education and the implications for their work as professional educators.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand local, national and global contemporary education policies relevant to the field of early years education
  2. begin to critically analyse and apply education policy
  3. identify policies that impact on local early childhood settings and schools and begin to critically investigate how these policies can be implemented in practice.

Assessment

Essay: compare and discuss an example of a local /national and an international education policy relevant to early childhood education (2000 words, 50%)
Group task: develop and present to peers an exemplar of the application of current policy as practised in an early childhood setting or school (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a wide range of literature suitable for children. Students engage with various approaches to storytelling and language arts, including digital and cross-arts storytelling. The unit addresses how to critically analyse texts, how to select and present literature for children and methods of integrating language arts across the curriculum. By developing skills as story makers and tellers, students gain an understanding of pedagogies for engaging children in literature and developing literacies through storytelling.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge of the diversity of genre in children's literature
  2. demonstrate an understanding of effective selecting of literature for children of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  3. display competency in presenting literature and stories to children in a variety of ways
  4. develop an appreciation of the role literature, storytelling and the arts play in health and well-being, sustainability, intercultural communication and Indigenous Australian and Asian people's cultures and perspectives
  5. understand and apply varied approaches to integrating literature and language arts across the curriculum.

Assessment

Children's literature, storytelling and arts-based investigation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Multimedia research assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' understanding of teaching children through periods of change and transition in their lives so they are confident, creative and involved learners. Students engage with theoretical perspectives to identify social, emotional, language development and other influences that mediate and contribute to the child's sense of belonging, being and becoming between home and education contexts. The focus of this unit is also on students developing and applying insights and practical strategies to support children to be capable communicators who can establish meaning and understanding through their lives, as they move in time and space, between and within, their everyday contexts, including the transitions between home, childcare, preschool and school. By exploring the traditions, routines and practices within children's contexts, students are given the opportunity to understand children's learning and development in these varying contexts in collaboration with parents and other professionals.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand how to teach children through periods of change and transition in their lives, so they can be confident, creative and involved learners
  2. display an understanding of children's social, emotional and language development
  3. become familiar with aspects of children's transitions in life, between child care and preschool, preschool and school, between varied educational contexts and the home
  4. learn and demonstrate skills in supporting children to negotiate change in their lives
  5. learn and demonstrate ways of establishing and sharing information with other professionals and parents
  6. design daily transitions within the curriculum to support children's movement through their daily experiences before, during and after their time in the educational setting.

Assessment

Transition report (2000 words, 50%)
Curriculum design: transitions in education settings (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is an advanced study of students' understandings and applicative knowledge of children's literacy learning within the home, community and formal school contexts, building on knowledge from earlier units and learning from professional experience in early childhood settings. Exploration of current research literature illuminates the various ways diverse learners can fully and effectively participate within multiple contexts in a contemporary literate society. Emphasis is given to developing further understanding of language pedagogies, theories and strategies related to children's literacy learning including, for example, coding competence, semantic practices, pragmatic competence and critical thinking practices. Students develop the skills and confidence to plan, implement and evaluate literacy initiatives intended to improve children's literacy outcomes across contexts and cultures.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore and apply approaches related to language learning for diverse learners including decoding/encoding codes, symbols and conventions of written, spoken, visual and multimodal texts in response to contextual factors
  2. apply strategies for developing children's awareness of key literacy concepts
  3. develop plans detailing goals, implementation, and evaluation of children's phonemic awareness, concepts of print, fluency, comprehension and vocabulary development
  4. explore and apply approaches related to comprehending and composing written, spoken, visual and multimodal texts
  5. understand and apply the various purposes for different written, spoken, visual and multimodal texts and how these texts are used across cultures and diverse contexts
  6. understand how to develop children's critical thinking across various texts.

Assessment

e-Presentation of literacy approaches and concepts (1500 words equivalent, 40%)
Literacy plan and poster presentation (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit studies the research literature on practices of science, technology and environment. The focus is on how young children develop understandings of these areas in a variety of cultural contexts, including their everyday environments at home and in the community. The teaching of science, technology and the environment is examined from a range of theoretical perspectives and in relation to relevant curricula (e.g. Early Years Learning Framework (EYLF), AusVELS, Australian Curriculum). Students are supported to co-construct pedagogical understanding about how children transition from everyday concepts to scientific concepts. Attention is paid to learning across the institutional settings of home, centre and classrooms and students are expected to conceptualise both pedagogies and programs in ways that promote and meaningfully engage young children's learning of science, technology and environment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge and understanding of how young children learn scientific and technological concepts in everyday contexts
  2. engage with current research about teaching and learning in science and technology
  3. critique a range of pedagogical approaches that support children's learning in science, technology and the environment
  4. recognise that knowledges are culturally constructed and that a range of world views about science, technology and the environment should be supported in programs in the birth to eight period
  5. develop high-level observational and analytical skills in discerning children's learning of science and technology in everyday learning environments.

Assessment

Curriculum investigation: observational portfolio and analysis of everyday and scientific concepts (1500 words equivalent, 40%)
Science, technology and environmental program and evaluation (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students develop understanding of the professional and ethical standards expected of early childhood educators in policy and practice and how they work with other professionals in interdisciplinary fields. They develop knowledge of documents and policies in this area and learn from early childhood and preschool professionals including social workers, health professionals and others to be able to understand the day to day issues and importance of working in interdisciplinary teams. Students develop communication skills that enable them to work professionally and ethically with a variety of professionals in early childhood settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop the knowledge of policies and processes to enable them to make ethical and professional decisions as educators in early childhood settings
  2. understand what an interdisciplinary focus means
  3. learn to communicate with a variety of professionals connected to early childhood settings
  4. develop and utilise the skills to be able to work in larger teams of early childhood professionals
  5. understand the implications of professionalism and ethics in interdisciplinary work on children and their families and the community.

Assessment

Case study analysis of professional and ethical decision making (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Interview and report: interview with a professional who works in an interdisciplinary context and report on the everyday challenges of the role (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of leadership and management in local and international early childhood educational contexts. It focuses on key theories, approaches, models and styles of leadership as a foundation for professional practice. Students explore the political, cultural and socio-economic influences on leadership and address the broader dimensions of being a contemporary professional including service management, professional leadership, research, advocacy, professional ethics, inter-agency networking and working effectively in the broader community. They examine the notion of 'inter-professional learning' and the 'ethics of care' which require commitments to ethical relationships, pedagogical knowledge, critical thinking and intellectual engagement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand leadership and management in local and international early childhood education contexts
  2. critically analyse different approaches to leadership and apply this to a broad range of educational contexts
  3. apply leadership knowledge in working with and establishing policies as informed by mandated requirements and current issues
  4. understand the importance and impact of social, cultural and political factors on leadership roles in educational settings and the implications of these for children's learning
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the challenges of leadership in a dynamic educational environment and an ability to make professional and ethical decisions.

Assessment

Investigation of a leadership challenge (2000 words, 50%)
Research project on leadership and management in early education contexts (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF3052 Early childhood professional experience 3B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) and Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.This unit, together with EDF3051 Early childhood professional experience 3A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) course and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation/Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF3054 Primary professional experience 3B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. completed the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. developed a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • Students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course.

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • Students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions.

(c.) Study schedule for online students:

  • not applicable

(d.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • Professional Experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Primary Education courses and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation/Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts/Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF3053 Primary professional experience 3A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. completed the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. developed a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • Students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course.

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • Students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions.

(c.) Study schedule for online students:

  • not applicable

(d.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • Professional Experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary).
Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.

This unit, together with EDF3056, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO).
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary).
Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.

This unit, together with EDF3055, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the third year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

5 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their third year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 Bachelor of Education (P-10) or 4209 Bachelor of Education (Special Education): 10 days of supervised professional placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement.

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their third year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 Bachelor of Education (P-10) or 4209 Bachelor of Education (Special Education): 10 days of supervised professional placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement.

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

This unit has been designed to give students knowledge and appreciation of the features of a wide range of children's literature suitable for primary-aged children, the ability to critically analyse children's texts from various perspectives and an awareness of current issues relating to selecting and presenting literature to young children.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an appreciation for the diversity of genre available in children's literature
  2. understand the criteria for selecting literature for primary school children
  3. understand the key issues concerned with the content and promotion of children's literature
  4. understand the components for the analysis of children's literature
  5. show an ability to present literature to children in a variety of ways.

Assessment

Written assignment (1600 words, 40%)
Folio (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit explores the intersections of art, environment and sustainability education and implementation by utilising the campus environs and surrounds for creative expression. Students engage with Western and Indigenous ways of knowing by creating a range of place-related artworks that critically inform notions of art, place, identity and sustainability. Students' own art experiences (e.g. drawing studies, site specific installations, nature prints, castings and photo-media works) serve as a catalyst for the planning and implementation of an art, environment and sustainability project for a local community (e.g. school, kindergarten, orientation activities).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. create a range of artworks that depict and utilise the natural environment
  2. devise a community-based art and environment experience
  3. explore safe and sustainable art practices relevant to the visual arts
  4. engage with post-formal art practices, art concepts and theories
  5. engage with place-based and intercultural ways of creating artwork.

Assessment

Art folio (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Art-based research project (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students engage with the design and production of illustrations in children's books as a means of exploring visual literacy. Contemporary and traditional children's book are investigated, particularly the variety of media techniques, intertextuality between image and text and the grammar and code of the picture book genre. Students produce an illustrated book, using traditional media alongside digital processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate skills in writing, illustrating, editing and producing a children's picture book
  2. create original illustrations for a children's picture book
  3. engage and examine local and international children's books using a range of theoretical lenses
  4. explore the concept of visual literacy
  5. demonstrate skills in analogue and digital techniques and processes.

Assessment

Illustrated children's book (3200 words equivalent, 80%)
Visual journal (800 words equivalent, 20%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit studies the educational policy and practice interface, critically analysing national and Victorian educational policy and discourses around social justice. It examines the Melbourne Declaration on the Educational Goals for Young Australians and other federal and state policies as attempts to redress socio-economic disadvantage and advance social justice and inclusion. It also examines the ways these policies are enacted at the school and classroom level. The focus is on constructive ways of developing and improving curriculum and pedagogy to enhance learning outcomes and life futures for all students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe the key national and Victorian policies pertaining to social justice, social equity and social inclusion
  2. critically analyse the role of schooling and teaching in social justice, social equity and social inclusion
  3. investigate the ways in which social justice, social equity and social inclusion policies and discourses are taken up at school and classroom levels
  4. identify and critique curriculum and pedagogical practices that advance social inclusion and enhance the life futures for all students
  5. imagine and outline a professional teaching practice that aligns with social justice, social equity and social inclusion.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Inquiry learning project (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week comprising of lectures, tutorials and online activities

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required minimum hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit is designed to respond to increasing student diversities in classrooms based on student gender, race and disabilities. Students learn why and how inclusive classroom communities can be created. Students are supported to develop an inclusive disposition to student differences and a repertoire of inclusive pedagogies (e.g. cooperative learning, peer tutoring, team teaching) that support the learning outcomes of all students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse their own professional practice to identify and address beliefs, attitudes and practices that exclude and disadvantage some students (based on their gender, race or learning abilities) from achieving academic success and learning outcomes
  2. recognise and value the range of differences e.g. gender, race or disabilities, that impact on students' access to, participation in and learning outcomes at school
  3. create a classroom community using positive and preventative strategies to minimise disruptive behaviour
  4. appreciate the importance of developing productive relationships based on mutual respect and trust with others involved in student's academic and social development, e.g. parents and carers, social welfare workers, health professionals, community organisations and paraprofessional support workers
  5. design units of work and class programs that support the academic achievement and learning outcomes of all students, including but not limited to: cooperative learning, peer tutoring, differentiated curriculum and team teaching.

Assessment

Reflective practice journal (2000 words, 50%)
Group presentation based on the efficacy of inclusive classroom strategies (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week comprising of lectures, tutorials and online activities

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Mitchell

Synopsis

This unit further develops knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in primary schools in the learning area of mathematics. The focus is on the effective teaching of the primary school content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability, such that learners develop and sharpen their understanding, fluency, problem solving and reasoning capacities. Students are introduced to a range of classroom teaching models (including technology-rich ones) and also have the opportunity to explore several summative and formative assessment strategies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop techniques to plan for and manage the effective teaching of primary school concepts and skills of the various content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry, and statistics and probability
  2. be confident about planning and facilitating a range of mathematics/numeracy learning activities which develop and enhance student understanding, fluency, problem solving and reasoning
  3. understand the needs of diverse groups of students (including students with different abilities, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students, refugee students, immigrant students, and minority students), consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes and employ strategies to facilitate their learning
  4. harness information and communication technologies (ICTs) (e.g. interactive whiteboards, tablet PCs, web 2.0) and calculator learning technologies in their teaching repertoire
  5. select and use a variety of assessment techniques to evaluate student learning in mathematics
  6. identify and discuss a range of pedagogical issues (e.g. student affect, the evaluation and improvement of teaching programs, professional learning) in primary mathematics education and to apply research skills to produce innovative responses.

Assessment

Research-informed analysis of a chosen learning context or issue (2000 words, 50%)
Evaluate a unit of work sourced from appropriate engagement with learners (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

EDF3301
EDF4104


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gillian Kidman

Synopsis

This unit explores science within four broad frames: science as a way of thinking and acting, learning about learning science, teaching as the transformation of knowing science and the engagement of learners and communicating science. The unit takes a constructivist approach, using strategies such as using prior knowledge, questioning and inquiry learning including hands-on approaches, scientific investigations and student owned/student-centred investigations. The relationship between science, technology and society, different science curriculum and the nature of science as a discipline is also considered. Students build understanding of science learning and teaching through collaborative participation in a range of contexts and critically reflect on these.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate science as a way of thinking and the collection of values that underpin such thinking, including an appreciation for different collections of values that represent science in other cultures e.g. Indigenous science, Eastern philosophy
  2. understand how this way of thinking generates knowledge that can be used to describe and respond to our environment
  3. appreciate science as a human creation, within cultural and societal dimensions that have ethical boundaries
  4. appreciate science's relationship with other disciplines and its particular relationship to technology
  5. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications for teaching
  6. become sensitised to the 'real world' of learners and appreciate the need to provide learning experiences in science that will be meaningful to them
  7. critically reflect on their experiences as learners of science and identify implications for their professional identities
  8. develop the ability to establish, monitor and develop student understanding of science as a way of knowing and the importance of reasoning and critical thinking skills and identify, develop and deliver appropriate strategies to achieve this
  9. develop an appreciation for pedagogical content knowledge through a focus on developing understanding of the relationships between context, content and pedagogy
  10. interpret and implement the intentions of curriculum documents relating to science
  11. develop competence in the planning and implementing of science learning experiences using a variety of technologies and approaches
  12. develop an appreciation and understanding of science as a specialised form of language and the symbols and conventions it employs
  13. communicate science understanding in multiple ways and to multiple audiences.

Assessment

Investigating science learners' science ideas (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective critique on science teaching (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Synopsis

This unit is for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) at Berwick. It has been designed to provide the opportunity for students to explore health and physical education (HPE) teaching and learning in the primary and early secondary years. The unit aims to introduce students to increase knowledge and experience in the unique teaching and learning environment of health and physical education. It provides historical, philosophical and pedagogical foundations of health and physical education, enabling students to develop confidence and competence in teaching HPE to students in the primary and early secondary years.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate the unique contribution of health and physical education to the general curriculum
  2. demonstrate knowledge of the philosophy, history and contemporary status of school physical education
  3. develop, design and plan lessons, units and curricula that are developmentally appropriate for Years P-10
  4. understand, utilise and have participated experientially in a variety of physical education specific pedagogies (e.g. fundamental motor skills, sport education, thematics, game-centred approaches) that promotes moving-related educative experiences
  5. express concepts and information about health and health-related matters as it pertains to health education (e.g. drug education, sexuality education).

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1600 words, 40%)
Assessment task 2 (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 1 hour tutorial or practical per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week including reading, completing assessment tasks and reviewing and/or completing online tasks

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalyn Black

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service undergraduate students to the key theoretical and empirical concepts and understandings, and practical and successful applications of Social Education ('Social Studies'), in Prep to Year 10 classroom situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop appropriate strategies and techniques for teaching Social Education ('Social Studies') in educational contexts ranging from Prep to Year 10
  2. analyse and critique current curriculum documents into classroom practice that will engage school students in active and inquiry-based learning, so they may participate in and understand their local communities, region and the world
  3. implement techniques and use a variety of resources, to develop school students' literacy and information and communication technology (ICT) skills the medium of social education
  4. devise, adapt, interpret and use courses, units and varied learning resources to enhance classroom practices and student learning
  5. make connections between Social Studies, multicultural education and diversity education in the study, application and promotion of social justice and equity
  6. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary trends in social education in Victoria, Australia and internationally
  7. reflect critically on the development of students' own learning and teaching skills.

Assessment

Choosing and using resources in Social Education (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Designing a unit of work in Social Education (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Heather Ernst (Gippsland); Associate Professor Barbara Clarke (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit extends students' knowledge, skills and dispositions relating to early years numeracy, to the exploration of different pedagogical approaches and strategies in the teaching of mathematics and numeracy to primary school children, including those in the middle years. It provides students with opportunities to engage in critical readings, hands-on exercises and discussions of teaching and learning different mathematical topics. There will be an emphasis on students interrogating their understanding and honing their skills in facilitating children learning in a variety of sociocultural and educational contexts, such as learning technologies, mixed abilities, learning disabilities and creative assessment. Particular emphasis will be placed on topics related to chance and data, and measurement. These activities will be informed by current educational research and policy, both locally and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify key concepts in primary mathematics and numeracy pedagogy
  2. understand how sociocultural, political and educational contexts underlie, facilitate and impede children's learning of primary mathematics and numeracy
  3. evaluate personal professional assumptions about teaching and learning primary mathematics and numeracy
  4. plan for the effective deployment of appropriate pedagogical strategies to support children's learning against current day, multiple contexts
  5. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively the extent of children's mathematics and numeracy learning.

Assessment

A critical analysis of a selected pedagogical context or issue in numeracy education, informed by relevant research and guided by personal professional experience (2000 words, 50%)
A reflective examination of the ways in which relevant sociocultural, political and educational contexts have been negotiated in the development of a chosen numeracy unit (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF1204
EDF5116
EDF4104


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland); Dr Peter De Vries (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate learning experiences through engaging with and exchanging different forms of knowledge, including the arts, language and numeracy. Students will participate in research that involves them in critical engagements with a range of sign systems. Commonalities between the arts and numeracy will be established including colour, shape, line, form, tone, space, rhythm, time, texture, tactility, motion and various approaches to problem solving. Students will examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy
  2. critique integrated curriculum as a pedagogy
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners
  4. show an understanding of the connections between the arts, language and numeracy in an educational context.

Assessment

Research project (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Integrated unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour tutorial per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hong Ming Ma (Gippsland); Dr Marc Pruyn (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will construct, implement and evaluate integrated learning experiences through engaging with different forms of knowledge, including science, technology and studies of society and environment. This unit considers the ways in which scientific, technological, social, cultural, historical, environmental, and political meanings are constructed and transmitted within our society and the ways in which these key areas can be integrated and implemented in diverse educational settings and places. Students will continue to examine, critique and design interdisciplinary and integrated curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of the connections between the science, technology and studies of society and environment
  2. further develop their knowledge of integrated curriculum as a pedagogy
  3. design, plan and evaluate integrated learning experiences for a range of learners and places using science, technology and studies of society and environment
  4. critique their prior experiences in science, technology and studies of society and environment and consider the implications for their practice.

Assessment

Multimodal report (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Integrated unit of work and resource (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Clare Williams (Gippsland); Dr Evan Ortlieb (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy. Students will be encouraged to research changing literacy practices, critically reflect on their own beliefs and teaching practices and develop a robust theoretical perspective on the learning and teaching of literacy, to a diverse range of learners. The students will critically examine current literacy practices, including assessment and reporting of literacy learning, in order to develop effective methods of literacy pedagogy in their own teaching. Students' pedagogical practices will take into account the changing social futures and needs of primary school students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of theoretical perspectives on literacy and critically examine these in light of their own developing perspectives
  2. explore and develop their own literacy skills and pedagogical practices
  3. demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the primary classroom, including approaches to assessment and reporting
  4. become competent in the use of a range of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Critique (2000 words, 50%)
Planning assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF4102
EDF1203


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monica Green (Gippsland); Dr Gloria Quinones (Peninsula)

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the components of place and space in the context of local and global educational settings and contexts. Students will engage in their own communities through local history, culture and environment. There is a significant focus on children's place making in their own educational settings and communities. The unit also considers how places affect relationships to other people and other places.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate and understand their own communities through local history, culture and environment
  2. plan, implement and evaluate experiences that connect educational settings and communities
  3. engage children in place making in their own educational settings and communities
  4. consider how places affect relationships to other people and other places.

Fieldwork

15 days' placement in a primary school setting

Assessment

Journal (2000 words, 50%)
Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

3 contact hours (max) per week, 9 hours private study including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Term 2 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland (City); Dr Hilary Monk (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of ways to identify, investigate and make professional judgments about children's learning and development in early childhood settings, including homes, schools, and early childhood services. An emphasis on assessment for learning (rather than assessment of learning) will be taken. Students will participate in a range of assessment activities, using a variety of digital and other tools. Students will learn how to communicate with families about children's learning and development and how to involve children in making judgments about their own learning and their learning goals.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. systematically observe and document learning episodes using a range of technologies
  2. make explicit links between observed behaviours and children's development of specific knowledge, skills, attitudes and learning dispositions
  3. express assessment information in a way that is accessible to children and their families
  4. involve children in reflecting on their learning and identifying their own learning goals
  5. reflect critically on contemporary assessment discourse in schools and early childhood services.

Assessment

Portfolio item demonstrating an assessment technique (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Portfolio item demonstrating reporting to children and/or parents (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hilary Monk

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education and Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy with children under the age of three years in child care settings. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in infant and toddler settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate professional judgments about infant and toddler learning and development from a variety of theoretical perspectives
  2. use their professional judgments about infant and toddler learning and development to systematically identify learning goals for children, plan experiences to foster these learning goals and research the effectiveness of these plans
  3. prepare and implement experiences for infants and toddlers to achieve differentiated learning and development goals across diverse learners
  4. create learning environments that foster appropriate learning dispositions and behaviours, including responding confidently and appropriately to instances of children's inappropriate behaviour.

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement manual (2400 words equivalent, 60%)
The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF3508


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hilary Monk

Synopsis

This unit provides students in the Bachelor of Early Childhood Education and Bachelor of Early Childhood Studies with the opportunity to engage with curriculum and pedagogy with children over the age of three years in child care settings. Students are expected to demonstrate professional knowledge and practice drawn from other units in the course and the attitudes and dispositions appropriate to teaching in child care settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate professional judgments about children's learning and development from a variety of theoretical perspectives
  2. use their professional judgments about children's learning and development to systematically identify learning goals for children, plan experiences to foster these learning goals, and research the effectiveness of these plans
  3. prepare and implement experiences in the child care setting to achieve differentiated learning and development goals across diverse learners
  4. create learning environments that foster appropriate learning dispositions and behaviours, including responding confidently and appropriately to instances of children's inappropriate behaviour.

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

Satisfactory completion of the fieldwork placement, as per the requirements specified in the Professional Placement manual (2400 words equivalent, 60%)
The addition of a minimum of three items to the professional portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF2507


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Liang Li (Second semester, Peninsula); Dr Sivanes Phillipson (Term 3, Singapore)

Synopsis

In this unit the theoretical and practical context of child development from birth to twelve years will be explored. The implications of development for learning and teaching will be featured in relation to contemporary issues impacting on child development. All aspects of learning and teaching in the early and middle childhood years will be examined through participation in problem-based learning scenarios and observed case studies where students will analyse and apply knowledge of child development to understand both theoretical and contemporary real-life issues related to development of children.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and assess the likely impact of social, culture, family and life experience on development
  2. link the development of general and specific behaviours and skills of individual children to theoretical perspectives
  3. observe development sensitively and record precise, relevant and accurate information that can be used in planning and evaluation of support/learning strategies
  4. evaluate the impact of contemporary real-life issues to child development.

Assessment

Problem-based learning of young children (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Observed contemporary issues in the context of child development (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prohibitions

EDF2201
EDF2202


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach successfully in inclusive classrooms by learning about various ways the curriculum can be adapted to meet the learning and teaching needs of learners with diverse needs. Students will learn about various teaching practices that could reduce the ability of learners with diverse needs to access the taught curriculum. They will also learn about the key principles of adapting curriculum generally, but also at key transition periods, including when students move into primary school, from primary to secondary settings and from secondary settings to work. They will gain skills in adapting text books, units of work and various learning tasks so that all learners can fully participate and benefit from school curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the key principles of adapting curriculum for students with diverse needs
  2. recognise teaching practices that may exclude some students from participating in learning and teaching activities
  3. learn about ways curriculum can be adapted across different subject areas, student populations and at different stages of schooling
  4. work cooperatively with a range of stakeholders in adapting curriculum.

Assessment

Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit will prepare students to work with learners with complex needs, including but not limited to those with multiple disabilities, and those whose disabilities (physical, sensory, cognitive, intellectual, language and/or social) may require a high level of support. Evidence-based strategies for curriculum design and the use of technology will be presented. Students will learn about various resources and supports available in schools and the community to assist with the learning and teaching of students with complex needs. Approaches to working with teaching assistants, other specialists and families will also be covered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the implications of teaching students with complex needs in a variety of educational settings and across the school years
  2. develop skills in curriculum design and the use of technology to support the educational needs of students with complex needs
  3. identify community and school resources and supports available for students with complex needs
  4. understand the role of, and develop skills to collaborate with other personnel (including teacher assistants), other specialists and family members when working with students with complex needs.

Assessment

Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Essay (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes

Synopsis

This unit provides students with the opportunity to engage with and explore current trends, issues and controversies in sport and outdoor recreation. Topics will include how humans relate to and manage sport and outdoor recreational environments, sport and outdoor recreation participation demographics and trends, sport and outdoor recreation policy, issues of sustainability, social justice and inclusion, contested histories and the development of professional ethics and standards in sport and outdoor recreation. Students engage with these topics through a team-based problem solving and/or action research approach.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. draw upon scholarly and public knowledge resources to identify and define current trends and issues of significance in outdoor recreation
  2. appreciate and understand how current research activity provides conceptual resources and empirical insights into the development of outdoor recreation policy and practice
  3. identify, collect, analyse and synthesize the current literature of conceptual and empirical relevance to one or more current trends and issues in outdoor recreation
  4. develop and apply rigorous strategies, such as problem based learning and/or action research, for exploring those trends and issues
  5. evaluate those issues and trends and construct a coherent and logical argument that represents how outdoor recreation managers, guides and leaders should address them in practice.

Assessment

Student tutorial (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Book review (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brian Wattchow

Synopsis

This unit considers the educational potential and significance of extended journeys in outdoor environments. It is made up of three interrelated phases of interdisciplinary inquiry and field experiences. The preparation phase examines the safe planning of a journey and includes preparatory research for various field studies to be conducted during the expedition. The action phase is the actual conduct of the expedition and data gathering for the field studies. The reflection phase includes an evaluation of the educational significance of the expedition and a final theoretical presentation of the field study. The unit includes 10 to 14 days of fieldwork.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate the ability to safely plan and implement an extended journey in remote outdoor settings in a particular season
  2. demonstrate the ability to apply careful judgement in a chosen adventure activity and the ability to work effectively as a group member
  3. demonstrate an understanding of the cultural heritage of wilderness environments and the expedition experience
  4. demonstrate the ability to present a detailed theoretical investigation into an aspect of expeditionary learning
  5. demonstrate an understanding of nature based environmental ethics and the responsibilities of outdoor expedition leaders, guides, and participants
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the educational potential and value of the expedition experience.

Fieldwork

10 to 14 days

Assessment

Planning the expedition experience (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
The expedition report (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week or equivalent including fieldwork days

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF2604
EDF2614


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brian Wattchow

Synopsis

This unit has been designed for students who wish to experience and gain an understanding of some of Australia's unique natural environments. The educational setting for this unit will combine seminars and field trips in an outdoor location that is natural. Topics will include historical and cultural perspectives of the relationships between humans and nature, the contributions of experiential and environmental education to understanding the natural environment, outdoor nature and a sense of place, aesthetic responses to exploring and discovery in the natural world. The unit includes 6 to 8 days of fieldwork. Fieldwork costs to cover transport and accommodation in national parks will apply.

Outcomes

On successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the experiential and cultural relationship humans have had with the natural environment
  2. identify how educational approaches can contribute to a deeper understanding of outdoor experiences and place attachments
  3. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the place of discovery, exploration and aesthetic preferences in natural environments
  4. explain how people develop a sense of place attachment to natural places.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Assignment in two parts (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Lynch (Gippsland); Mr Beau Miles (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit will develop students knowledge and skills and understanding of the philosophies and values of residential and base camping as an educational practice that services outdoor, environmental, sport, leadership, special populations or community development. The unit will equip students with knowledge about the basic principles, planning, organisational, legal and safety, risk management and administrative issues common to these forms of camping. The unit emphasises the pedagogical role of experiential education within a socio-ecological theoretical framework of outdoor/environmental and physical activity/movement/sports education. Ten days of experiential learning programs and site visitations will provide opportunities to develop camp leadership and facilitation skills; observe, collect and examine camp policies; reflect critically upon leadership and pedagogical skill development in the planning, conduct and evaluation of selected physical activities, games and camping competencies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge, skills and competencies in the basic principles and applied practices of the different forms and purposes of camping
  2. understand the importance of examining camp programs and activities from a socio-ecological perspective
  3. have developed a professional and personal philosophy of recreational/sports camping and role of camp education
  4. have gained supervised experience in programming for camps, including activity leadership and facilitation/teaching, pedagogical skill development and an appreciation of their application to a range of outdoor/sport populations
  5. demonstrate greater insight and skill in applying experiential education to the administration, planning, programming, conduct and evaluation of camp education
  6. develop a resource file relevant to different forms of camping but including information relevant to the administration of risk management, safety, legal and ethical duties, obligations and functions.

Assessment

Essay (1200 words, 30%)
Assignment (2800 words, 70%)
Satisfactory completion of fieldwork planning and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toni Hilland

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a theoretical and practical orientation to community and commercial workplaces in the sport and outdoor recreation sector. A theoretical framework is established. Topics include social trends and demographics, client needs, environmental and lifestyle considerations, resources and programming, employment requirements and standards including certification and program evaluation techniques. The framework is then used in the analysis of programs and practices in sport and/or outdoor recreation industry settings. Students will be required to complete a minimum of 15 days of approved work experience and/or training within the sector.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate through written reports a detailed knowledge of the application of professional programs in the sport and outdoor recreation sector
  2. demonstrate performance competency in selected activities where required
  3. demonstrate the ability to safely plan and implement a program in the selected activities in workplace and training settings within the sector
  4. demonstrate the ability to produce written documents which critically examine and evaluate the provision of sport and outdoor recreation opportunities in the community.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment task 2 (2000 words, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components and fieldwork

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester plus additional days for fieldwork may be required

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF1604
EDF1612


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Synopsis

In this unit students will independently select a topic related to previous studies and/or professional aspirations in the study of sport, outdoor recreation, experiential education and social ecology. Through lectures, workshops and guidance from various staff members, students will propose a topic and complete a systematic search and critical review of the literature. The literature review will clarify the purposes and rationale of a potential research project or thesis, synthesise existing scholarship and offer an appropriate conclusion.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. conduct research planning skills in searching the literature
  2. systematically analyse, assess and annotate scholarly work differentiating between evidence and speculation
  3. critically analyse research
  4. clarify researchable problems or issues
  5. demonstrate the ability to critically synthesise a wide array of information into a scholarly review of the literature
  6. demonstrate expert knowledge of a select topic relevant to their professional aspirations.

Assessment

Research problem and proposal statement (1000 words, 25%)
Critical review of literature (3000 words, 75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

EDF2606 or EDF2620
EDF3605 or EDF2612


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Timothy Lynch (Gippsland); Dr Toni Hilland (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit builds upon a sequence of foundation units that students study in the first two years of the degree. It explores a range of pedagogical practices associated with the provision of sport and movement education and considers socio-ecological factors that impact upon the experience. Students will critically explore traditional and contemporary principles that underpin sport, physical and fitness education practices applied to school and community settings and consider their use within broader frameworks for physical activity participation. Students will apply concepts in practical movement settings that may include dance, gymnastics, games and lifestyle exercise based programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. discuss skills and basic movement techniques associated with alternate sport and movement experiences
  2. critique a variety of traditional/contemporary pedagogical practices and their associated theories and describe how these are located within a broader socio-ecological frame for physical activity
  3. plan and implement a movement experience unit of work grounded in a relevant theoretical framework e.g. Sport Education Physical Education Program (SEPEP), cooperative learning, Games Sense
  4. apply a critical reflective practice that considers the interplay between developmental, social, cultural and environmental elements of the sport and movement education context.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (2400 words, 60%)
Assessment task 2 (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prerequisites

EDF2602 or EDF2616 or approved equivalent unit


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ruth Jeanes

Synopsis

This unit is designed to advance students' knowledge and understanding of sports coaching and community development. It will provide students with the opportunity to expand and integrate previously taught concepts from targeted disciplines (physical education, community sport and physical activity and sports coaching) by employing an interdisciplinary approach to examine the role of sport in addressing wider social issues within communities. Problem-based learning will be used to develop students' theoretical understanding as it applies directly to practical applications in sports coaching and development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of relevant theories underpinning community development
  2. demonstrate a practical understanding of how sport is used in community development and be able to evaluate its benefits and limitations
  3. understand the role of the coach in community development
  4. demonstrate both theoretical and practical understanding of how to work with different marginalised groups in a community development context
  5. plan, implement and evaluate a community development and coaching program aimed at working with an excluded group.

Assessment

Assessment 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Satisfactory completion of practical components

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Webb

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of changing relationships between work, learning and development, and how they shape the professional identities and careers of adult learners and educators. Key concepts are introduced to examine the ways in which identities and careers are constructed in and across global and local spaces, including organisations and communities and the roles that education and workplace learning play in these processes. Opportunities to engage in self-narrative and biographical research enable students to explore and review the development of their own professional identities and learning careers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of key concepts and inter-relationships between work, development and identity, as they relate to adult learners and educators
  2. identify and analyse the ways in which global forces and local practices are reshaping processes of work, development and identity formation
  3. develop an appreciation of the role of work and learning, both formal and informal, in the development of professional identities and careers over the life course
  4. use this knowledge to engage in reflexive research about their professional identities and career development.

Assessment

Project proposal (1500 words, 40%)
Final report (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington

Synopsis

This unit builds on the knowledge, skills and experience gained in previous Bachelor of Adult Learning and Development units and applies them in a work-based setting. Participants will develop and complete a small-scale and self-directed research project in a workplace setting. The unit will emphasise the practical and independent development and management of a research project. Workplace application and dissemination of research project outcomes will be explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a research project proposal
  2. select and apply a work-based research approach
  3. design, manage and complete a work-based research project
  4. be aware of the ways in which research project outcomes can be applied and disseminated.

Assessment

Development of a project proposal (1000 words, 25%)
Report on workplace project (3000 words, 75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with opportunities to reflect critically and creatively on the future directions of adult learning and development. Contemporary conceptual frameworks for reshaping adult learning and development will be examined. Students will analyse the potential implications of current developments and emerging trends for adult educators and will develop an appreciation of strategies for participating in, facilitating and influencing change processes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an understanding of the rapidly changing environment for adult learning and development and of emerging trends and their implications for adult educators
  2. demonstrate a knowledge of relevant core concepts
  3. demonstrate a critical awareness of possible and alternative future directions for the development of adult learning and development and an appreciation of strategies for participating in, facilitating and influencing change processes in relation to adult learning and development.

Assessment

Class presentation (1000 words equivalent, 25%)
Major report (3000 words, 75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit will examine the impact and change relating to key issues in contemporary Australian workplaces from the perspective of those engaged in facilitating or supporting learning in those workplaces. Drawing on theories relating to organisational change and strategy and on social exchange theories, selected key issues will be examined with a view to diagnosing and implementing action.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate awareness of workplace issues concerning individuals, teams and organisations
  2. diagnose the structures and processes that affect and are affected by key issues
  3. show increased confidence and competence in planning change to deal with key issues.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words, 40%)
Essay (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neil Selwyn

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF2803 Learning and researching in work-related contexts, to introduce students to the notion of different perspectives or paradigms in adult and workplace learning research. Students will be exposed to key concepts, traditions and methodologies in research, including positivism, interpretivism and alternative approaches to knowledge production. The unit extends students' appreciation of research as having different forms and purposes and being constructed through different theoretical and methodological frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a stronger appreciation of research as a process of knowledge production and its relevance to practice in adult and workplace education
  2. show a broad understanding of research perspectives and approaches
  3. demonstrate an awareness of their own positions in relation to different research traditions and methodologies
  4. have an appreciation of the research craft, including research design, methods, ethical principles and presentation.

Assessment

Research proposal (40%)
Research portfolio (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Synopsis

This unit develops students' working knowledge of a range of conceptualisations of reflection and its place in professional practice. Students are encouraged to consider their identities as reflective practitioners and are supported to develop skills to reflect on and interpret critical moments in workplace practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their working knowledge of the concepts of reflection and reflective learning
  2. identify their values around the construction of knowledge and their identities as reflective professionals
  3. apply reflective approaches to interpreting critical moments in practice.

Assessment

Reading review (1200 - 1600 words, 40%)
Case development and interpretation (2400 - 2800 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Wing Chan

Synopsis

In this unit students consider why mentoring has been taken up so widely, and for what purposes. The unit considers the different forms mentoring takes in different places, with a focus on mentoring in workplaces. The unit provides students with the skills and knowledge to enable them to design a mentoring initiative. It also offers students an opportunity to critically evaluate the claims of mentoring and to consider its merits in relation to other approaches to promoting learning in the workplace.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show an appreciation of different types of mentoring
  2. understand the steps involved in setting up a small workplace mentoring scheme
  3. have an awareness of issues involved in introducing mentoring
  4. demonstrate basic skills in designing, coordinating and evaluating a mentoring program.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (1500 words, 40%)
Mentoring action plan (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the core concepts and processes relating to policy making in the field of adult learning and development in both the public and private sectors. Recent government policy reforms in adult and vocational education and training are examined and their impact on, and implications for, adult educators and learners are explored. Opportunities are provided for students to acquire skills in the development and critical analysis of policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the core concepts and processes relating to policy and policy making in the field of adult learning and development in both the public and private sectors
  2. demonstrate a knowledge of recent policy reforms and their inter-relationships with wider political, social and economic developments
  3. appreciate the ways recent policy reforms have affected practitioners working with adult learners in diverse workplace and community settings
  4. demonstrate skills in the development and analysis of policy from a critical perspective.

Assessment

Reading review (1500 words, 30%)
Final project (2500 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 18 contact hours per semester
  • 6 hours of online activity per semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF2808


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ian Mitchell (On-campus, Clayton); Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically engage with various theoretical views relating to curriculum and how assessment is positioned within these views. A focus of this unit will be upon what makes particular curricula and assessment approaches have educative value. Consequently the political and moral dimensions inherent in all curricula will be explored. This unit will promote the importance of developing the professional capacity of educators to make value judgments in terms of curriculum planning, action and evaluation. A key component to making such professional judgments is the capacity for engaging in philosophical aims and purposes of the curriculum and of assessment.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically inquire into how the notion of 'curriculum' is embedded in the praxis of education rather than the discourse of learning if it is to have educative value
  2. critically inquire into the moral and political aspects inherent in all curricula and assessment
  3. understand various curricula and assessment practices to determine their educative value
  4. critically inquire into their beliefs about education, learning and assessment and be comparing these with theories found in professional literature
  5. design a range of methods for generating evidence of student learning, including appropriate application of information and communication technology (ICT)
  6. inquire into reporting processes in terms of clarity for their audience and usefulness for future learning.

Assessment

Critical inquiry essay (2000 words, 50%)
Design and analysis task (equivalent to 2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree, enrolment in Graduate Diploma of Education or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF3001
EDF5422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan

Synopsis

This core education unit is an introductory unit for graduate teacher education secondary students. Drawing on their learning in related units and their experience in fieldwork settings, students will develop an understanding of key elements of learning, specifically: teaching and learning, effective communication, use of information and communication technology (ICT), literacy and numeracy, establishing effective learning environments, student motivation, and processes of classroom management. The emphasis is on exploring the rich interconnections between theory and practice and illustrating the power of effective theories in guiding complex practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine their personal beliefs, values and experiences about teaching and learning, classroom management, communication and motivation
  2. articulate their emerging professional learning, identifying significant change moments
  3. describe, evaluate and apply a variety of classroom management and communication strategies in educational contexts
  4. recognise literacy and numeracy needs of students
  5. identify and apply processes for drawing on a range of theories and principles to create effective learning opportunities for students in a range of contexts
  6. outline and apply processes for engaging students in their learning, especially disengaged students.

Assessment

Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)
Research task (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of 3 years of an undergraduate education degree; or enrolment in Graduate Diploma of Education (Secondary); or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Simone White (Berwick); Dr Stephen Keast (On-campus, Clayton); Dr Ann Ryan (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit provides a transition for students as they move from teacher education into the professional practice of teaching and as such views teacher education as an important part of the induction process for engaging with the teaching profession. Students will be inducted into the notion of what it means to be engaged in the teaching profession through consideration of the nature of teachers' work and of leadership in education. This includes the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical dimensions of the work of teachers and educational leaders. Students will critically reflect on their emerging professional identity as practitioners and as potential education leaders, explore the ways in which they can engage with and initiate professional communities of educators in and beyond their immediate teaching setting, identify and develop their literacy, numeracy and information and communication technology (ICT) skills, and prepare for a career of professional learning through synthesising the variety of theoretical perspectives they have encountered throughout their Bachelor of Education degree.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the range and depth of teachers' work (the ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical frames of this work)
  2. articulate their professional identities as teachers and as potential leaders in education
  3. further develop the personal literacy, numeracy and ICT skills appropriate for professional practice
  4. demonstrate their knowledge and skills as a professional learner and as a member of various professional learning communities
  5. develop and document evidence of the impact of their professional practice on learning, teaching and organisational structures.

Assessment

Professional teaching portfolio (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Investigation of professional learning by individuals within educational systems and settings (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Miss Ann Guns

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching in a wide range of educational settings. This unit focuses on ways in which teachers and learners self-identify: class and social background, gender, sexuality, race, indigeneity and special learning needs including literacy and numeracy. Educational issues implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum are considered such as combating homophobia and bullying. Students will consider education at the local, national and international level.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of the societal diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational institutions
  2. critique educational policies related to the issues discussed in this unit
  3. understand the social and cultural contexts that influence education at the local, national and international level
  4. recognise and articulate the principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning.

Assessment

Analysis and critique of an educational policy (2000 words, 50%)
Essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree; enrolment in Graduate Diploma of Education; or by special permission

Prohibitions

EDF5423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on teaching and teachers' work as praxis, that is, it examines the complex combination of educational theory, practice and ethics that motivates teachers to act responsibly and responsively in meeting the needs of the students in their care and their own needs. Drawing on contemporary and historical accounts of practitioner inquiry in Australia and internationally, the unit investigates the diverse ways in which teachers respond to the call to be reflective practitioners and lifelong learners in an educational landscape and a world that is continually changing. Students explore and critically reflect on their beliefs, values and identity as teachers, as they build knowledge and expertise and also advocate for their profession and their students in and beyond the classroom. Central to this unit is the experience of undertaking focused practitioner inquiry in a collaborative professional setting and then presenting the 'outcomes' of this inquiry in a public mini-conference at the conclusion of the unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and articulate the connections between educational theory, practice and ethics in teachers' professional praxis
  2. explore and critically reflect on their beliefs, values, identity and ethical responsibilities as teachers in changing educational and cultural contexts
  3. cultivate collaborative approaches to teaching, student learning, professional learning and practitioner inquiry (or teacher research)
  4. undertake collaborative practitioner inquiry in the context of a school-university relationship, and present this research in a public, scholarly conference
  5. appreciate the value of practitioner inquiry in teachers' ongoing professional learning and advocacy for their profession and their students
  6. develop and articulate their teaching philosophy, informed by a combination of their beliefs, values, experiences of practitioner inquiry, and other research-based knowledge.

Assessment

Scholarly essay, scoping the research to be undertaken for assessment task 2
(2000 words, 50%)
Conference presentation, with accompanying reflective paper (a group task) (2000 words equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload is 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hours per week (in non-placement weeks) of lectures/tutorials/workshops

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Kate De Bruin (On-campus); Dr Umesh Sharma (Off-campus)

Synopsis

In recent years there has been a marked increase in the number of children and adolescents with special needs entering the regular school. This unit will introduce the diverse range of students with disabilities and impairments who have a significant representation in today's classroom. Specialised topics will be presented which will give a broad overview to the field of special education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate awareness of the implications of disabilities from an educational and developmental perspective
  2. explain the wide range of varying abilities of students
  3. recommend appropriate adaptations necessary for the school setting and instructional style
  4. develop and implement inclusive curriculum strategies
  5. locate, interpret and apply policy at the school, state, national and international level.

Assessment

Essay (2400 words equivalent, 60%)
Class presentation (online for off-campus) (1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Requirements for off-campus students

  • off-campus students will be required to complete a number of online tasks

(c.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two that develop students' understanding of English and literacies learning in the Victorian and Australian curriculum. This unit focuses on literacy teaching in a diverse social, cultural and technological world. Building on previous work, students continue to explore and critique various conceptual frameworks and theoretical ideas that help them to understand how children continue to develop various literacy knowledges, skills and understandings. The teaching of literacy is examined from a number of current theoretical perspectives and students develop appropriate pedagogical practices that support children's literacy learning. With a particular focus on the middle and upper primary years, the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology (ICT).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon and further develop their own personal English and literacy skills (verbally, in written form, and via a range of ICTs)
  2. demonstrate their understandings of a range of theoretical perspectives related to how children learn and develop literacy knowledge, skills and understandings throughout the primary school years (especially the upper years)
  3. demonstrate their understandings that texts are multimodal in nature, and that engaging with and creating texts involves an understanding of how the different modes integrate to make meaning
  4. plan inclusive learning experiences that take into account students who come from diverse social, cultural and linguistic backgrounds
  5. explore ways to integrate literacy teaching and learning across the curriculum plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop middle and upper primary children's reading, writing, oral language and visual literacies.

Assessment

Essay: how children learn and develop literacy knowledge, skills and understandings throughout the primary school years (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Integrated unit of work and/or resources (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understandings of the humanities and social sciences learning areas in the Victorian and Australian curriculum. Students explore how humanities, social sciences and social education are taught in various ways in primary schools, including through the subjects Geography, History and Civics and Citizenship, and/or through theme-based or integrated learning that is the approach commonly chosen in primary schools. They also develop knowledge and understanding of various theories and pedagogies involved in teaching these learning areas. They learn and develop the skills of lesson planning and implementation of curriculum, both through disciplinary and interdisciplinary integrated studies. Students explore and evaluate a range of teaching resources and educational providers that support the teaching of humanities and social education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and evaluate how the humanities and social sciences, and the broader social education curriculumn is structured within the Australian Curriculum and AusVELS in Victoria
  2. develop knowledge and understanding of different theoretical and pedagogical approaches in the humanities and social education curriculum, including disciplinary, interdisciplinary and integrated approaches
  3. design and implement primary lessons and units of work using discipline-based or integrated approaches
  4. locate, evaluate and use a variety of appropriate teaching resources and educational providers that support the teaching of humanities and social sciences and social education in the primary years.

Assessment

Essay (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Unit development task (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to key theoretical and pedagogical concepts associated with the teaching of science to children in primary school settings. The main focus is on the Australian primary science curriculum, but students also explore science curricula from international perspectives. Important conceptual scientific ideas and different pedagogical approaches to the teaching of science are critiqued. Students are introduced to the relevant science curriculum frameworks in the context of cultural, historical and contemporary developments in the teaching of science. The preparation and teaching of science programs is undertaken in the context of studying teaching strategies that are appropriate across cultural contexts, for different science concepts and across year levels in primary school and early childhood settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical concepts associated with the teaching of science to children
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for children that are appropriate for a range of year levels, areas of science and cultural knowledge associated with science learning
  3. develop understandings of the variety of science curricula and assessment techniques available for planning and evaluating student learning in science
  4. explore ways of stimulating and enriching children's natural curiosity by presenting a broad range of learning experiences
  5. reflect on their past and present science education experiences developed through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching science.

Assessment

Reflective essay (1500 words, 40%)
Portfolio of work from school-based setting demonstrating children's learning in science (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understandings of health and wellbeing and physical education in the Victorian and Australian curriculum. It provides the opportunity for students to critically analyse and engage with health and physical education (HPE) curriculum and pedagogy in the primary years. The unit develops students' knowledge, skills and understanding of teaching and learning strategies that ensure student health and wellbeing and physical education. Students learn how to plan lessons, units and approaches in line with the local and Australian curricula that are developmentally appropriate for the primary years, enabling students to develop confidence and competence in teaching students in the primary years in this field of learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse health and wellbeing and physical education curriculum and practice
  2. develop, design and plan lessons, units and approaches that are developmentally appropriate for the primary years
  3. understand, utilise and experience a variety of physical education specific pedagogies (e.g. fundamental motor skills, sport education, thematics, game-centred approaches) that promote physically educative experiences
  4. understand and apply concepts and information about health and wellbeing and education (e.g. emotional and social health and learning, drug education, sexuality education)
  5. successfully apply strategies for health and wellbeing and physical education appropriate for diverse learners in schools.

Assessment

Essay: critical analysis of curriculum and policy in the fields of health and wellbeing and physical education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Portfolio of exemplars of pedagogy and practice for health and wellbeing and physical education (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of the place of sustainability as a cross-curriculum priority in the Australian Curriculum and AusVELS. Students develop an appreciation for how education for sustainability has emerged as a global priority by exploring research and policy including goals and agreements developed by the United Nations and other education providers in this field. They develop an understanding of the concepts of 'environmental studies' and 'sustainability' and explore how these concepts are inextricably linked. They learn how to develop integrated approaches to studies of the 'environment' and 'sustainability' across primary school curriculum. Students investigate and understand the cultural, social, economic, ecological and political factors that influence attitudes and actions towards environment and sustainability. They develop theoretical and pedagogical knowledge and understanding of how to implement whole school approaches and classroom learning experiences for environment and sustainability at different levels of primary education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe and understand the difference between environmental and sustainability education
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the national and global reasons that have led to the emergence of education for sustainability as an educational priority
  3. develop a knowledge and understanding of how education for sustainability is related to the Australian Curriculum and AusVELS
  4. discuss and evaluate the influence of cultural, social, economic, ecological and political factors on how concepts of environment and sustainability are understood and incorporated into primary curricula in Australia and internationally
  5. design and implement learning experiences that incorporate 'environment' and 'sustainability' at different levels of primary education.

Assessment

Essay: comparative theoretical and practical analyses (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Unit of work to teach environmental education and sustainability in a primary school (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Bone

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the sociology of childhood as an important understanding for early childhood educators to inform their work. Particular emphasis is given to children's participation and contribution as a socio-political issue. Students explore sociological issues that are raised in the Early Years Framework for Australia including children's identity, belonging in communities and diversity. Students engage with notions of local and global citizenship from sociological perspectives to critically reflect on children's role in society. With a focus on the present and future, students are encouraged to investigate how early childhood education providers are responding to critical issues raised in the sociology of childhood unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the sociology of childhood as an important understanding for early childhood educators to inform their work
  2. understand sociological issues that are raised in the Early Years Framework for Australia including children's identity, belonging in communities and diversity
  3. demonstrate the capacity to begin to critically analyse local and global citizenship through sociology of childhood perspectives
  4. have the capacity to critically reflect and respond to the implications for pedagogy and curriculum.

Assessment

Literature review: sociology of childhood (1500 words, 40%)
Research task: children's participation in local community contexts (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students explore philosophies and theories of learning of early childhood education from around the world, encompassing Steiner, Montessori, Froebel, Pestalozzi, Dewey, as well as international programs such as Reggio Emilia, Golden Key Schools, Forest Schools and Developmental Education in the Netherlands. Key foundational concepts are explained such as: agency, social situation of development, meaningful learning, involvement, and leading activity. The overarching perspective is to explore the underlying principles of these philosophies in practice through the lens of the cultural contexts that inspired the development of these different educational approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. analyse the foundational principles of early childhood learning
  2. demonstrate an understanding of contemporary theories of learning that influence children's learning and development
  3. reflect on, evaluate and improve their knowledge of a range of educational theories
  4. have the capacity to recognise initiatives in design of program approaches consistent with the intent of enhancing children's learning and development.

Assessment

Essay study of local and global theories of learning and development (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Research based poster presentation demonstrating a personal philosophy of children's learning (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Grimmett

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for students to explore innovative curriculum, pedagogy and practice in schools. Through an examination of a range of innovative practices that engage diverse student populations, the unit explores the ways in which teachers in schools transform centralised curriculum documents and bring curriculum 'to life' for their students. In association with this exploration, they investigate a range of issues including maximising student motivation in schools; engagement through curriculum development and innovative practice, developing community-based curriculums and practices, and teachers seeing themselves as 'curriculum workers' and the implication of this for their professional identity. Students draw on their understandings of curriculum policies, issues and innovation to develop practices that are inclusive, exciting and educational.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe, evaluate and compare different theoretical and practical approaches to developing curriculum, including both traditional and innovative practices
  2. examine contemporary curriculum issues and explore exemplars of innovative practice by teachers in response to these issues
  3. articulate the connections between robust curriculum development and innovative practice
  4. analyse key policies and documents relating to curriculum, including those associated with the Australian Curriculum, and show how they promote or constrain innovative practice
  5. appreciate the importance of teachers as curriculum workers and explain how this is related to their professional identity
  6. develop curricula and practices that are educational, innovative, inclusive of difference and aligned with national and state curriculum policies and frameworks.

Assessment

Research essay (2000 words, 50%)
Curriculum construction task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Ms Karina Wilkie

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' ability to teach diverse learners mathematics content and thinking from an early age in effective and creative ways. Developing pedagogical content knowledge for the emerging professional is interwoven with theoretical and research perspectives and curriculum in mathematics education in the early years.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of key curriculum, teaching and learning principles and practice relating to mathematics in the early childhood years
  2. understand how to develop children's learning of different aspects of mathematics and implications for teaching
  3. develop an awareness of effective pedagogical approaches in the teaching and learning of mathematics in the early childhood years particularly investigations and problem solving
  4. reflect on their personal professional learning in mathematics
  5. implement classroom strategies that link mathematics to practical applications across the curriculum
  6. understand the importance and develop techniques for adopting inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics.

Assessment

Analysis of mathematics classroom teaching and learning (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Planning of a learning sequence for a mathematical problem solving (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman

Synopsis

This unit explores current issues and pedagogies regarding the use of new media and technologies in early childhood education. Students critically engage with various forms of new media and technology, including digital and analogue media. A focus of this unit is on students developing their competencies in using new media by creating artworks such as stop motion, animation, sound art and digital music. Students gain an understanding of how to plan and implement experiences that foster media literacy and intercultural communication for children in the early years in a broad range of educational contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop knowledge of the diversity of new media and technology relevant to early childhood education
  2. display skills in using a range of new media and technologies creatively
  3. critically analyse current issues and debates concerning children's engagement with new media and technologies and teaching and learning in early childhood
  4. understand the influence emerging information communication technologies (ICTs) can have on the arts, sustainability, health and wellbeing, intercultural understanding and Indigenous Australian and Asian people's cultures and perspectives
  5. demonstrate competency in planning and implementing effective use of new media and technologies in the early childhood curriculum for children of diverse backgrounds and abilities.

Assessment

Media arts project (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Arts-based research assignment (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit focuses on developing students' understanding of thinking mathematically in primary education, with particular emphasis on the local and Australian curriculum for the primary years including mathematical reasoning and problem solving. Students further build their conceptual frameworks for understanding children's mathematical growth across the curriculum. They consider mathematical content in context and are expected to adopt pedagogies that support and challenge children to be mathematicians. Approaches which stimulate conjecturing, testing and mathematical justification are introduced and modelled. Rich tasks form the basis of discussion and analysis of effective teaching, learning and evaluation of mathematics. Students critically engage with current research, practice and policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of the local and Australian curriculum for the primary years and the fundamental importance of mathematical reasoning
  2. understand thinking mathematically and its implications for teaching
  3. develop an awareness of effective pedagogical approaches to problem solving and investigations
  4. reflect on their personal professional learning
  5. implement classroom strategies that link mathematics to practical applications and problems
  6. understand the importance and develop techniques for adopting inclusive practices in relation to the teaching and learning of mathematics.

Assessment

Report on the design, trialling and evaluation of problem-based mathematics lessons (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Case study of the mathematical reasoning of primary students (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Ms Prasanna Srinivasan

Synopsis

In this unit students develop understanding of innovative practices in childhood education through exploring literature and evidence-based research in teaching and learning in early childhood contexts. This includes a focus on innovation in using information and communication technology (ICT) and new media forms and new approaches to literacy and numeracy education. A range of approaches to research are explored to highlight the participation of children and families, ethical issues in research with young children, teacher research, self-study, arts-based research and other innovative methodologies. Students are encouraged to study their own pedagogical practice and explore the learning possible when teachers are researchers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their knowledge of innovation in teaching and learning in early childhood contexts through exploring evidence based research including a focus on using ICT and new media forms and new approaches to literacy and numeracy education
  2. conduct and complete a literature review on innovative practices in childhood education
  3. understand how to make ethical decisions about the involvement of children and families in research
  4. show familiarity with a range of innovative methodologies
  5. frame their practice as research and study their own pedagogical practice.

Assessment

Literature review (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Self-study research report on innovative practice (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit develops students' growing professional identity, ability to be a leader in the field of early years education and knowledge of professional engagement in Australia and internationally. Students critically review relevant changes in government policy and educational restructuring that influence the professional identity of teachers. Discourses of democratic professional engagement and managerial professionalism are discussed and analysed. There is emphasis on understanding professional accountability and effectiveness through reflexivity. The unit also prepares students to provide moral, ethical and intellectual leadership for the teaching profession by critically analysing their professional values and beliefs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand their professional identity as teachers and critically analyse their growing professional identity through reflexive practice
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the role of the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers in identifying professional learning needs
  3. demonstrate knowledge and application of intentional leadership through understanding legislative, administrative and organisational policy and through developing relationships with children, families, colleagues and other professionals
  4. demonstrate professional autonomy, well developed judgement, responsibility and accountability as an educational professional
  5. use their pedagogical leadership to understand and respond to the diversity of learner needs within varied learning contexts.

Assessment

Reflective journal on how to plan and meet professional standards (2000 words, 50%)
Professional portfolio interview and presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the first of two professional experience units students undertake in their fourth year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 20 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 20 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 20 days per semester of professional placement

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) courses. This is the second of two professional experience units students undertake in their fourth year.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed the required number of days of practicum and the activities specified in the Bachelor of Education (P-10) and Bachelor of Education (Special Education) Professional Placements Manuals.

Fieldwork

For course 3750 BEd(P-10) or 4209 BEd(SpecEd): 20 days supervised professional placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 20 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 20 days per semester of professional placement

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF4052 Early childhood professional experience 4B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood): 15 days, Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary): 20 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood) or Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary) courses. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.
This unit, together with EDF4051 Early childhood professional experience 4A tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood): 15 days, Bachelor of Education (Early Childhood/Primary): 20 days.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) course and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF4054 Primary professional experience 4B, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. completed the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. developed a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Primary) course and within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Primary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Primary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Primary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.
This unit, together with EDF4053 Primary professional experience 4A, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should have:

  1. completed the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. developed a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieved a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

20 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is pass grade only (PGO).
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF4056, EDF4057 and EDF4058, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF4055, EDF4057 and EDF4058 (Secondary professional experience 4A, 4C and 4D), tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

15 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EDF4055, EDF4056 and EDF4058, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit is for professional experience in the Bachelor of Education (Secondary) course within the following double degree programs: Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Science and Bachelor of Education (Secondary), Bachelor of Sport and Outdoor Recreation and Bachelor of Education (Secondary) and Bachelor of Visual Arts and Bachelor of Education (Secondary). Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit, together with EF4055, EDF4056 and EDF4057, tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the fourth year of the course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

15 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Synopsis

This unit explores concepts of health and health education contextualised within organisations (e.g. schools, hospitals or corporations) and community (welfare, policing, employment) settings. It examines past, present and future directions of health education and promotion, approaches to drug and sexuality education and resources available to health education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of current and major issues in the field of health education
  2. utilise critical and reflective thinking skills in the analysis of health issues via reading, research and investigation
  3. review the impact of health initiatives and interventions, for example, the 'Health Promoting School' policy in the education context
  4. understand principles of health and wellness on a personal and community level.

Assessment

Assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Harold Breidahl

Synopsis

In this unit students will engage deeply with their marine and coastal environment. Given that 70 per cent of Australians live in a coastal environment, this unit provides the opportunity to understand, engage and participate in these special marine and coastal places (in an educational framework). Engaging students in the places they live is imperative to effective teaching and learning and this unit allows students to do so through applying a school-based learning approach. Students will also participate in fieldwork experiences off-campus, in addition to an overnight camp. While this unit prepares students in marine and coastal education (and more broadly environmental education), it also provides a solid basis in applying interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary curriculum frameworks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a solid understanding of marine and coastal issues on the Mornington Peninsula and in the southern shores of Australia
  2. experience diverse marine and coastal environments on the Mornington Peninsula and surrounding areas
  3. form an appreciation for the marine and coastal environment
  4. design, implement and evaluate educational experiences within the area of marine and coastal education
  5. develop an understanding of applying interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary curriculum frameworks in teaching and learning through marine and coastal education (and more broadly environmental education).

Assessment

Marine and coastal issues assignment (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Curriculum materials assignment and participation in the Environment and Marine Education Fair (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 1 overnight camp
  • participation in the Environment and Marine Education Fair
  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Professor Dawn Penney

Synopsis

This unit provides students in both undergraduate and postgraduate programs the opportunity to develop their theoretical underpinnings of curriculum developments in physical education and health. Historical, social, participatory and contemporary discourses and their influence on curriculum development will be examined, via readings, online discussions and face-to-face seminars. The implications of recent state and national curriculum development will be undertaken through reviews of these documents (e.g. CSFII, VELS) and through recent research and current practices in the field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand current national and state curriculum frameworks for physical education and health
  2. review and critique physical education and health curriculum changes
  3. demonstrate their ability to plan, implement and evaluate current practices of a specific area within the physical education and health curriculum
  4. select effective teaching practices that support development of curriculum outcomes.

Assessment

Assessment task 1 (1000 words, 25%)
Assessment task 2 (3000 words, 75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Douglas Robb (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit will further develop students' skills and understanding of positive learning environments and effective classroom management. The unit will focus on understanding classroom relationships and the connection between learning and behaviour and positive learning environments and relationships. It will cover the causes of challenging behaviours and ways to respond in preventative and reactive, and ethical and professional ways. Students will examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and develop strategies to respond to the learning needs of students with potentially challenging behaviours and to better manage the situations that can give rise to such behaviours.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the relationship between positive learning environments and relationships and classroom behaviour
  2. examine their own beliefs about classroom relations and professional and ethical issues surrounding their interactions with students
  3. understand the medical, ecological, organisational and relationship factors that can influence students' learning and behaviour
  4. develop an awareness of the effects on learning and behaviour of conditions such as learning disabilities, learning difficulties, mental health conditions and conduct disorders
  5. understand the impact of these on students' cognitive, social and emotional well-being
  6. develop a repertoire of effective behaviour management strategies including problem-solving and relationship-building skills with students
  7. learn to work effectively with students, their families and other professionals in meeting the broader needs of students.

Assessment

Case study (1500 words, 40%)
Project plan (2500 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week or equivalent

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Niranjan Casinader

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of the key concepts and practical applications of curriculum, curriculum theory and curricular assessment and evaluation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the basic principles of curriculum theory
  2. understand how to develop curriculum material across learning areas and subjects
  3. develop curriculum with and for diverse communities and learners
  4. develop curriculum that promotes social justice for all, and particularly for disadvantaged student populations and school communities
  5. understand and apply assessment and evaluation strategies to gauge the effectiveness of such curriculum
  6. understand the role of external professionals and community representatives in broadening teachers' professional knowledge and practice.

Assessment

Portfolio of task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Development of assessment tasks for cross-curriculum priority themes (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week including lectures, tutorials and online activities

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach history as either a stand-alone discipline or as an identifiable component of an integrated program in schools or wider education settings. The unit develops capable history educators who will be competent to work globally in diverse education settings and locations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' life, career, leisure and study skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  6. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Assessment

One documented class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
One written research-based assignment (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Thanh Pham

Synopsis

This unit explores the role of practical and experiential learning in secondary education as a pedagogic intervention and strategy that engages students in learning through practical pedagogies. It draws upon ideas and practices associated with crafts and craft knowledge and skill in ways that provide a basis for teachers to work with students to build and extend student engagements in school learning. Schooling experiences often involve making things, putting things together, organising ideas and developing capabilities to support student thinking and taking decisive action. Students as pre-service teachers are provided with the knowledge and capacities to understand and implement practical education and learning experiences to secondary students. The unit is organised around the three core threshold concepts of making as thinking, doing as learning and knowing through practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. design and implement school learning experiences that involve making things as a key strategy for engaging students in learning
  2. plan learning and assessment options that develop student practical skills and abilities
  3. identify the appropriate practical learning experiences that stimulate and reinforce productive engagement in schooling.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Practical learning project (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Pearl Subban

Synopsis

This unit is intended to enable students to develop their understanding of, and capacity for, developing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy across a range of subject areas, appreciating the importance of language and literacy in schooling and students' learning. It explores a range of theoretical perspectives on the learning and teaching of literacy, with respect to curriculum and pedagogy in the middle years (Years 5 to 8) of secondary schooling. Current policy environments are also examined in order to understand how these currently mediate teachers' work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect upon their beliefs, ethical approaches and experiences of language and literacy learning in secondary schools in relation to theoretical ideas of literacy learning in the middle years
  2. demonstrate their understanding of a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies for literacy in the middle years, including approaches to planning, assessment and reporting
  3. explore issues related to integration of English language and literacy learning across different curriculum areas
  4. develop an understanding of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment including national testing, national curriculum and teacher professional standards
  5. become competent in the use of a range of information and communication technologies (ICTs) in accessing relevant research literature, in accessing and developing teaching resources and strategies and in presenting evidence of their own learning in the area of literacy.

Assessment

Analysis of student writing (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Planning reading curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)


Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

EDF4112
EDF4406


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit extends students' knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in secondary schools in the learning area of mathematics. The focus will be on the effective teaching of the secondary school (up to Year 10) content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry and statistics and probability, such that learners develop and sharpen their understanding, fluency, problem-solving and reasoning capacities. Students' pedagogical consideration of secondary school mathematics topics will be facilitated in relation to the use of graphics calculators and other learning technologies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have developed techniques to plan for and manage the effective teaching of secondary school concepts and skills of the various content strands of number and algebra, measurement and geometry and statistics and probability
  2. be confident about planning and facilitating a range of mathematics/numeracy learning activities which develop and enhance student understanding, fluency, problem solving and reasoning
  3. be able to understand the needs of diverse groups of students (including students with different abilities, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander students, refugee students, immigrant students and minority students), consider the range of factors that can influence learning outcomes and employ strategies to facilitate their learning
  4. be able to harness information and communication technologies (ICTs) (e.g. interactive whiteboards, tablet PCs, web 2.0) and calculator (e.g. graphics calculators, CAS) learning technologies, as well as related software (e.g. Mathematica), in their teaching repertoire
  5. be able to select and use a variety of assessment techniques to evaluate student learning in mathematics
  6. be able to identify and discuss a range of pedagogical issues (e.g. student affect, the evaluation and improvement of teaching programs, professional learning) in secondary mathematics education and to apply research skills to produce innovative responses.

Assessment

Analysis of learners' difficulty with a chosen mathematical topic (2000 words, 50%)
Evaluation of two teachers' mathematics pedagogical strategies (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

EDF4116


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ibrahim Latheef(Peninsula); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare them for professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies (ICTs) in planning for and delivering sessions, forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs
  2. design and manage learning environments
  3. develop professional relationships with students
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

For double degrees: 20 days' placement, for course Bachelor of Primary Education (Gippsland and Peninsula): 20 days' placement, middle school option: 5 days' placement (plus 15 days' placement to be completed in a secondary setting)

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2000 words, 50%)
A portfolio (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 20 days per semester of professional placement

(b.) Additional requirements

  • limited number of seminar days and in-school tutorials

Prohibitions

EDF4105
EDF5110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Ibrahim Latheef (Peninsula); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit students will gain confidence to enter the teaching profession. It will provide students with opportunities to engage with every facet of the culture and professional life of teaching. Students will engage in reflective conversations with their peers and identify their strengths and what they contribute to the educational community, as well as to engage in professional learning. They will research and refine an aspect of their professional practice, continue to document their professional experiences and learning through their professional portfolio and recognise the significance of information and communication technology (ICT) for teaching and learning in the 21st century.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs
  2. design and manage learning environments
  3. develop professional relationships with students, colleagues, parents and community bodies
  4. document their professional learning and experience in their professional portfolio
  5. research, refine and document an aspect of their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

20 days' placement. Middle school option: 5 days' placement (plus 15 days' placement to be completed in a secondary setting)

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
A portfolio (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 20 days per semester of professional placement

(b.) Additional requirements

  • limited number of seminar days and in-school tutorials

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

EDF4106
EDF5111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adam Bertram (Gippsland); Dr Judy Williams (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Managing wellbeing (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Multimodal autobiography (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically examine principles, practices and issues of health and wellbeing. They will explore how society and culture influence community practices, legal and quality assurance requirements relating to the health and wellbeing of children and adults in early childhood settings. The unit will prepare students with strategies to maintain high quality health, safety and nutritional standards in children's services and to balance work and life commitments through emotional, physical, social and spiritual self-care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of maintaining healthy lifestyles for staff and children
  2. appreciate a range of perspectives on health and wellbeing
  3. manage health and safety routines in early childhood settings according to appropriate laws and regulations
  4. reflect on the implications of child health and safety issues in early childhood educational and care settings
  5. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Tutorial presentation and/or diagrammatic map (2000 words or equivalent, 50% )

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Prasanna Srinivasan (Peninsula); Dr Joseph Agbenyega (Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the socio-cultural/historical concepts of learning and development of children aged from birth to 12 years, including medical concepts of disability and special additional needs. The policy and practical implications of learning and inclusion for teaching will feature, with particular emphasis on good practice and strategies that may be introduced to assist children and their families from varying cultural backgrounds.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. increase their knowledge and understanding of typical and atypical trajectories of learning and development in the early years
  2. increase their knowledge and understanding of the policy and practice within early years practice and to explore ways to include children with special education needs
  3. gain insight into ways in which children, particularly those with special education needs, are supported to maximise their learning potentials through collaboration with parents from varying cultural backgrounds
  4. explore various conceptual and theoretical perspectives about learning, development, disability, and special needs and to engage in case studies that exemplify the application of theoretical ideas and practice.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and supporting documentation (1600 words, 40%)
Case study (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week (on-campus classes do not run during teaching practicum)

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF5413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Nikolay Veresov

Synopsis

This unit will examine the contexts for professional life as well as the identities, roles and responsibilities of a contemporary early childhood professional. It will address the broader dimensions of being a contemporary early childhood professional including service management, professional leadership, research, advocacy, professional ethics, networking, career development and working effectively in the broader community. The notions of the 'learned professional' and the 'ethics of care', which require commitments to ethical relationships, pedagogical knowledge, critical thinking and intellectual engagement will underpin the way the unit is conceptualised. Consideration will be given to topics related to human and material resources management, service development and marketing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have an appreciation of, and the ability to respond to, the complex roles and responsibilities which are integral to the life and identities of an early childhood professional
  2. have an understanding of the importance of mandated requirements and the range of issues related to the effective management and administration of early childhood services
  3. have an understanding of the ethical dilemmas and commitments inherent in early childhood education
  4. have an awareness of the professional networks, resources and agencies which are available to support the work of early childhood professionals
  5. demonstrate the skills required to work effectively in partnership with team members, parents and other professionals in the field.

Assessment

Service Report (1600 words, 40%)
This will be a report related to an area of management of an early childhood service and will replicate an activity that can reasonably be expected of a manager of an early childhood service.
Project report (2400 words, 60%)
This will be a research project related to a current issue in the early childhood field and the role of the early childhood professional as an advocate, leader within that context.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF4502
EDF4506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman (Peninsula); Dr Hilary Monk (Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the early childhood education profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Managing wellbeing (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Multimodal autobiography (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture
  • 1 hour tutorial

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF5411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Prasanna Srinivasan

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the planning, implementation, and evaluation of high-quality, play-based curricula in kindergarten settings. Students will develop skills in integrating a range of curriculum domains, with an emphasis on early literacy and numeracy. The unit also provides an overview of early childhood curriculum frameworks locally and nationally, in the context of wider curriculum theory. Students will develop strategies for observing and assessing children's learning as a basis for planning and pedagogical tools to assist in communicating with parents and for curriculum planning and evaluation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. systematically observe, assess and plan for the learning of young children
  2. identify key elements of curriculum frameworks in early childhood education
  3. implement and evaluate integrated curriculum experiences with individuals and small and large groups, across a range of curriculum domains
  4. make systematic links between culture, community, family and individual issues in their teaching practice.

Fieldwork

15 days for Bachelor of Early Childhood Education, 25 days for Graduate Diploma (Early Childhood)

Assessment

Pedagogical tool kit (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Successful completion of professional placement (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF5410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Peninsula Term 3 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nicole Marshall(Term 1); Ms Robyn Babaeff (Second Semester & Term 3)

Synopsis

This unit is principally comprised of up to 45 days of professional placement in prior-to-school settings, supported by regular in-centre tutorial sessions during block placements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. foster professional relationships with children, families, and colleagues
  2. systematically plan and implement curricular practices that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in their families and communities
  3. effectively manage children's activities in the early childhood setting
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to assess their own personal professional learning and development.

Fieldwork

25 days Bachelor of Early Childhood Education

Assessment

Professional portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Successful completion of professional placement (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn (First Semester); Dr Jane Bone (Term 1)

Synopsis

In this unit students work collaboratively with other students and/or staff on projects where practice informs research. Through critical analysis of previous and concurrent units students will plan, conduct and evaluate a form of teacher research. This research takes place in an educational context and findings will be reported back to participants or other professionals interested in the ways that practice informs research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. gain an understanding of how practice can inform research
  2. critically analyse personal research practices in relation to global educational contexts (i.e., context unit)
  3. develop leadership and mentoring skills for the field of education around the co-construction of practice informing research and research informing practice.

Assessment

Research plan (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Teacher research in an educational setting (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gloria Quinones

Synopsis

In this unit, students will examine research which calls into question the taken for granted theories of play that have informed the work of early childhood professionals and be provided with new and different contexts to think about in relation to how play is defined and theorized. Play has been traditionally viewed as an important pedagogical approach for early childhood education in most European heritage communities. However, in recent years broader and more culturally inclusive research has been undertaken to show how play is culturally constructed. Students will also consider the cultural ways in which children in contemporary society play and live in their communities. Importantly, students will undertake an analysis of the contemporary theories of play, noting the research upon which particular theories are based, examining cross-cultural variations, popular culture, gendered interactions and critiquing the range of play contexts that children find themselves today. Students will be supported in their work through observing children, undertaking analyses and through re-theorising play.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of play as a pedagogical construct
  2. critically analyse the assumptions and research base underpinning the range of theoretical perspectives of play enacted locally, nationally and internationally
  3. investigate the social construction of play in a range of cross-cultural contexts
  4. analyse the use of observations of children as a mechanism to evaluate children's play
  5. creatively explore the principles of play as a construct for learning in schools, centres and homes.

Assessment

Data collection and multimedia presentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Concept diagram and action plan (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicola Johnson (Gippsland); Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton)

Synopsis

The emphasis in the unit is on the nature of the curriculum as it is enacted in the classroom and its connection to whole-school, community practices and global concerns including philosophical, moral and political dimensions. The implications of connecting the curriculum in order to address a variety of concerns relate to the professionalism of the educator, their pedagogy and assessment practices. In association with the practicum, students are required to critically evaluate, apply and imagine curriculum ideas that enable teachers to teach in educative settings. The unit will draw on contemporary curriculum developments internationally and in Australia including: nationalising the curriculum, who actually controls the curriculum, making the curriculum educative, curriculum integration and community-based curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical perspective on historical and contemporary curriculum ideas
  2. understand the notion of an educative curriculum and be able to critique the notion of the disciplines and inter-disciplinary studies
  3. understand the implications of the philosophical and political dimensions of the curriculum and how these impact pedagogical and assessment practices
  4. apply these understandings by constructing a robust critique of a current curriculum practice.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Written assignment 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Synopsis

One in four learners in Australian schools comes from a home where the main language is other than English. If these learners are to experience equal educational opportunities and achieve equal educational outcomes they need support in their language and literacy development and an environment that is conducive to their learning across all subject areas. This unit aims to provide mainstream subject teachers with the appropriate skills to meet the needs of non-English speaking background learners through developing an understanding of the language-related needs of these learners and ways of meeting these needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enhance understandings of the language-related needs of learners from non-English speaking backgrounds and of ways of meeting those needs
  2. develop awareness of approaches to learning materials and teaching practices which take account of the diversity in cultural backgrounds and experiences of learners in all classes across the school curriculum
  3. develop collaborative working relationships between learners in different subject areas
  4. increase awareness among subject teachers of the needs of ESL learners and the ways in which subject teachers and ESL specialists can work together to meet these needs.

Assessment

Reading log (2500 words, 60%)
Practical application: development of tailored materials and pedagogical approaches (1500 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg (Clayton); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for students to understand giftedness and the practices associated with gifted education from a theoretical perspective and through the assessment tasks provides opportunities for both critically reflective appraisal and practical application of new understandings. It requires students to critically examine current understandings and practices relating to teaching highly able students from a national and international perspective. A focus of the unit is on development of differentiated curricula to engage all ability levels and gifted students in particular.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine their beliefs about giftedness and gifted behaviour and critique these in relation to research findings
  2. identify issues and practices associated with identification of and provision for gifted students
  3. reflect on and evaluate the theory and practice relating to pedagogical and organisational strategies associated with the field of gifted education
  4. interpret and utilise models used in a range of national and international settings to cater for gifted students
  5. explore and develop differentiated instructional strategies and curricula which challenge a range of abilities and are suitable for mainstream classrooms.

Assessment

Reflective journal (3000 words, 70%)
Practical application: a differentiated curriculum unit (1000 words, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education

Prohibitions

EDF4241


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gillian Kidman (Berwick); Mr Peter Anderson (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit explores local and global Indigenous perspectives on teaching and learning. It develops students' knowledge and understanding of Indigenous cultures with a particular focus on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples. The unit considers Indigenous and other forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states. Students develop understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds. They explore and utilise education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes. Students also develop broad knowledge, understanding and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and their histories, cultures and languages to meet expectations in the Australian Curriculum and the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. They develop skills and insights into how to engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful partnerships that improve academic outcomes and foster reconciliation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate cross-cultural skills and knowledge in developing partnerships with Indigenous education experts
  2. demonstrate understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds
  3. understand appropriate cultural protocols with respect to terms like 'Indigenous', 'local', 'traditional' and 'traditional owner' as they pertain to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. develop skills to utilise appropriate teaching strategies for Indigenous learners
  5. demonstrate broad knowledge of, understanding of and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, histories, cultures and languages, to promote reconciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Indigenous Australians
  6. use this knowledge in developing teaching and learning strategies related to understanding Indigenous education.

Assessment

Lesson plan (1200 words, 30%)
Portfolio of learning tasks (2800 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students (in non-placement weeks):

  • 1 hour lecture
  • 2 hour tutorial

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 3 hours of directed online activity
  • 6 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education, Bachelor of Adult Learning & Development or by special permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit explores the growing emphasis on developing capacity in the workplace as a key platform of vocational education and training policy reform in Australia and overseas in recent decades. The unit will draw on workplace learning as it manifests within school curriculum as well as the ways in which teachers experience this in the school as workplace. Students will be introduced to the rationale for the introduction of vocational curriculums in schools and their connection to curriculum programs within them.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the social and economic rationale for the emphasis on vocational learning curriculums in schools
  2. critically evaluate the implications of vocational learning and competency-based curriculum on teaching and learning in schools
  3. identify the implications of such curriculums for developing workplace learning in schools and other settings
  4. locate the school as a site of workplace change and workplace learning and explore the role of schools with respect to that change and that learning.

Assessment

Critical evaluation of a vocational curriculum in schools (2000 words, 50%)
Reflection and analysis on workplace learning (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma and Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit recognises that collaboration and ongoing consultation among teachers, administrative and support personnel, parents, students, allied health professionals and agency representatives are essential for teachers working with children with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings. The unit will enable students to identify and develop the skills of collaboration and promote positive inter-professional practice in the workplace. Students will be encouraged to identify key stakeholders when working collaboratively as well as the issues when working as joint partners with others, including potential sources of conflict. Finally, students will be encouraged to critically analyse the advantages and disadvantages of working inter-professionally and the need to evaluate collaborative practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically operationalise collaborative inter-professional practice, including the identification of key stakeholders
  2. analyse and develop strategies and skills to promote, implement and evaluate inter-professional practice
  3. compare and contrast the advantages and disadvantages of working collaboratively and identify ways of strengthening the integration of the different services for students with diverse needs in a variety of educational settings
  4. identify and promote strategies which promote collaborative practice at an organisational and practice level.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Simone White

Synopsis

This unit will require students to critically engage with theories and practices associated with pedagogies used in secondary schooling and how these may differ from the primary setting. In particular, students will be supported in the development of their understandings of the learning demands associated with their chosen disciplinary field(s) and in the examination of the levels of pedagogical sophistication that are required to teach within their area(s) in a secondary school setting. This unit will enable students to draw upon the content and pedagogical knowledge that they have developed over their participation in this course to work towards the development of pedagogical content knowledge that will be appropriate for their chosen disciplinary field. Students will be required to draw upon both their classroom experiences and the research literature as they actively participate in the construction of relevant pedagogical content knowledge.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the learning demands that exist within their chosen disciplinary field(s) in a secondary school setting
  2. show an understanding of different pedagogies required in teaching their chosen disciplinary field(s) across the secondary school years
  3. extend their repertoire of teaching skills and strategies that promote purposeful, meaningful, engaging, innovative, creative, intellectually challenging and authentic learning in their chosen disciplinary field(s)
  4. integrate their content and pedagogical knowledge as they work towards the development of pedagogical content knowledge relevant for their chosen disciplinary field(s).

Assessment

Portfolio (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research project (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Robbins (Term 1 and 2, Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students experience working in their chosen profession under the guidance/mentoring of experts. The students will experience up to five weeks' full-time work within the organisation and reflect on their experiences and what they have learnt through the completion of a learning log.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate that they have worked under the guidance of experienced professionals to gain practice in the skills required to work in the profession
  2. have an understanding of the professional's role in the organisation and administration.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Completion of a learning log to monitor their experiences and learning (25%)
Performance report completed by workplace supervisors/mentors (75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprise:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 5 weeks' full-time fieldwork placement


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Robbins (Term 1, Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to give students experience working in their chosen profession under the guidance/mentoring of experts. The students will experience up to five weeks' full-time work within the organisation and reflect on their experiences and what they have learnt through the completion of a learning log.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate that they have worked under the guidance of experienced professionals to gain practice in the skills required to work in the profession
  2. have an understanding of the professional's role in the organisation and administration.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Completion of a learning log to monitor their experiences and learning (25%)
Performance report completed by workplace supervisors/mentors (75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 5 weeks' full-time fieldwork placement


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice
  2. reflect on how resources can help to create rich and engaging learning environments
  3. reflect on and respond to advice from their peers, supervising teachers and University mentor on their development as effective teachers
  4. develop a range of teaching approaches to encourage effective student engagement and learning.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 and EDF4731 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of supervised practicum program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 and EDF4731
Practicum experience portfolio part 1A (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4730

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their learning experiences in the secondary school context, with a focus on developing their professional knowledge, practice and engagement in line with expected professional standards. This includes knowledge of and demonstration of a professional code of ethics in their relations with students, colleagues, family members and the community. During and after the practicum, students will think about their professional learning and discuss their progressive development with their peers, school supervisors and university mentor in either face to face or online forums. They will develop a practicum folder to document their reflections and to form a record of their developing ability to reach the standards expected of graduating teachers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop and reflect on strategies that demonstrate empathy, positive regard for, and rapport with students
  2. regard all students as capable of learning and demonstrate an understanding of and commitment to equity in their practice
  3. identify the prior knowledge, the learning strengths and weaknesses of students and other factors which impact on learning
  4. develop and reflect on strategies that acknowledge and cater for diverse cultural, religious and socio-economic factors influencing students.

Fieldwork

EDF4730 and EDF4731 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of supervised practicum program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4730 and EDF4731
Practicum experience portfolio part 1B (equivalent to 1000 words) for EDF4731.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions either through face-to-face or online forums.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice
  2. become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments
  3. be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning
  4. reflect on and respond to advice from their supervising teacher and University staff
  5. develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents
  6. utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments
  7. undertake a range of teacher responsibilities
  8. develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 and EDF4734 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of supervised practicum program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 and EDF4734
Practicum experience portfolio part 2A (1000 words equivalent) for EDF4733

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz (Clayton); Dr Hongming Ma (Gippsland)

Synopsis

In this unit, students extend their experience in the secondary school context with a focus on the practice of teaching in their curriculum specialism areas. A range of specific teaching approaches are developed within the teaching and learning relationship, including lesson planning, observation, assessment and reflection and evaluation of practice. Within the context of this unit, pre-service teachers will be supported to apply their developing pedagogy, their understandings, knowledge and skills of teaching in a safe and inclusive learning environment under the guidance of a supervising teacher within a school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. link their theoretical understandings of pedagogy and curriculum to teaching practice
  2. become familiar with a variety of resources to create rich and engaging learning environments
  3. be aware of assessment processes and procedures to support students' learning
  4. reflect on and respond to advice from their supervising teacher and University staff
  5. develop critical awareness of relevant curriculum documents
  6. utilise a range of teaching approaches in diverse learning environments
  7. undertake a range of teacher responsibilities
  8. develop and sustain professional working relationships with colleagues.

Fieldwork

EDF4733 and EDF4734 together require 25 days of placement.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO
Satisfactory completion of supervised practicum program of between 10 and 15 days to a total of up to 25 days between EDF4733 and EDF4734
Practicum experience portfolio part 2B (1000 words equivalent) for EDF4734

Chief examiner(s)

Associate Professor Jeffrey Dorman; Dr Rachel Forgasz

Workload requirements

Students will be expected to participate in introductory sessions, practicum and debriefing sessions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4840).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4839).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4839 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4401


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon (Day); Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4842).

Synopsis

This unit prepares pre-service teachers to teach biology in secondary schools as a specialist in Years 11 and 12 and in the junior Years 7 to 10. The unit draws upon a constructivist theory of learning to explore the most appropriate ways of encouraging students to build their conceptual understandings of biological concepts. Linked to this, students will develop a range of pedagogical approaches in teaching biology. Importantly, pre-service teachers will be introduced to appropriate curricula (Years 7 to 12) so that they are confident in linking their teaching to the curriculum in preparation for the classroom. Throughout the unit students will be challenged to consider the key issues impacting biology education and how they might address them in their teaching. Students will be encouraged to think critically about teaching biology and recognise the importance of reflecting upon their own practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate and apply their understanding of a constructivist perspective of learning in biology
  2. understand and apply state and national curricula in biology and their implications for planning teaching and learning
  3. link the everyday world of the learner with biology in ways that are meaningful and relevant
  4. demonstrate an awareness of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in teaching biology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (e.g. genetics, human biology, microbiology, botany and zoology).

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon (Day); Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4841).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the foundational unit providing pre-service teachers with further opportunities to explore and develop their pedagogical practices in biology. In particular students will consider the importance and value of investigations and fieldwork in teaching biology along with the possibililties offered by a range of online electronic resources. Pre-service teachers will consider the types and ranges of assessment in biology. An important component of this unit will be an increased focus on the need for biology teachers to think critically about their own practice and the degree to which it enhances the learning opportunities for all students. The valuable role of ongoing professional learning as one becomes part of the teaching profession will also be considered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate confidence and skill in linking biology learning to the needs of learners in diverse contexts
  2. devise and implement a variety of assessment procedures to promote learning in biology
  3. plan and implement fieldwork for students that support learning in biology
  4. plan and implement investigations for students that support learning in biology
  5. engage in critical reflection as a professional teacher and understand contemporary trends in practice and research at the national and international level.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4841 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4402


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4844).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Two minor sequences selected from: business management/management studies, human resource management and/or marketing.

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4843).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4843 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4427


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4848).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom.
The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences and social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry education
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research assignment: learning and teaching chemistry (2000 words, 50%)
Learning log (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in chemistry or biochemistry

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4847).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon EDF4847 Chemistry education in the secondary years A in preparing students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). Pre-service teachers continue to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. An awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding will be explored. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom.
The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be explored further. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences and social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Chemistry education portfolio (2000 words, 50%)
Chemistry curriculum research project (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4847 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4403


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4852).

Synopsis

This unit will address the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to introduce students to the skills and understandings of drama education and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. take a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. begin to understand and critically interpret relevant curriculum documents
  3. plan purposefully for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. begin to understand and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. begin to enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. begin to adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Collaborative tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in drama, performance studies (drama) or theatrical theatre studies (including practical drama)

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4851).

Synopsis

This unit will address the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to develop students' skills and understandings as drama educators and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. refine a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. critically implement the requirements of relevant curriculum documents
  3. independently plan for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. design and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Presentation tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Research tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4851 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4404


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4854).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise, commerce and business related education in secondary schools. Students will develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state (e.g. VCE economics), national (e.g. Australian Curriculum: economics and business) and international contexts (e.g. IB economics), students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on the debates and professional conversations about the role and importance of economics education in the secondary school curriculum in order to develop understandings related to their beliefs and their identity in regard to the subject economics and their teaching of this subject
  2. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  3. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  5. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  6. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities related to the teaching of a topic selected from post-compulsory economics curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in economics

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4853).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to further develop and extend the learning undertaken in EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A. Students will continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. They will acquire knowledge and understanding of the nature and purpose of assessment, designing assessments that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts students are further familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A learning and teaching plan including reflection (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4853 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4405


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lilly Yazdanpanah

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4856).

Synopsis

This unit prepares student teachers for the teaching of English as an additional language (EAL) to the full range of non-English speaking background students, including recently arrived students with limited English language skills, international students and others in a range of EAL contexts. It looks at the nature of English and the theory and principles of second language pedagogy, along with factors having an impact on teaching and learning. Attention is paid to the sociocultural contexts of learning and the need for sensitivity to linguistic and cultural diversity in schools. With reference to current curriculum documents, policy and assessment protocols, pre-service teachers will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate lessons to meet those needs and to select and adapt materials to work effectively to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills and students will complete weekly activities to prepare for the placement, including the use of technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access, adapt and develop materials and teaching activities and critically evaluate resources which meet the diverse needs and identities of EAL learners
  2. plan engaging lessons using communicative objectives and activities
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of EAL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Case study of an EAL learner (2000 words, 50%)
Annotated lesson plan (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in linguistics or a second language (i.e. not the teacher's first language)

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Brown

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4855).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the contextual and pedagogical knowledge about EAL teaching from EDF4855 English as an additional language (EAL) education in the secondary years A. Students will link theory and practice with a view to deepening their competence to teach EAL in a range of settings, including intensive new arrival programs, EAL support programs in the mainstream, EAL programs targeting international students and team-teaching (where ESL teaching is taught in cooperation with a mainstream subject teacher). The course will cover all aspects of ESL teaching in a secondary setting, including VCE. Students will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate units of work to meet those needs, adapt and create course materials and work effectively as part of a whole school program to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. select, adapt and generate materials and activities relevant to student need based on assessment
  2. plan engaging units of work linked to curriculum and best practice
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners informally and formally
  4. critically evaluate EAL resources for classroom use
  5. use the diversity of EAL learners as a resource to plan for multilevel classes
  6. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues and the community to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of EAL learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated bibliography of curriculum materials (1500 words, 40%)
Development of a unit of work (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4855 or EDF4117

Prohibitions

EDF4429


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Day); Ms Sarah Rutherford (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4858).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to develop their skills and knowledge in planning and implementing curriculum materials in the area of English language. Students also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses, including those involving information and communication technologies (ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people across a range of curriculum areas and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of English literacy education. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into and develop their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A critical autobiographical narrative, drawing in part on a practicum experience (2000 words, 50%)
A collaboratively designed unit of work focused on writing (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in English (literature or literary studies), or a minor sequence in writing, English language studies or linguistics together with a part in English (literature or literary studies).

Prohibitions

EDF4112


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin (Day); Ms Sarah Rutherford (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4857).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A by extending pre-service students' capacities, as they continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to plan and implement appropriate curriculum in the area of English language. They also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses, including those involving information and communication technologies (ICTs) , mediates the learning of all young people in school and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of English literacy education, with a particular focus on senior English curriculums. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use critically and creatively a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into and develop their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching English in schools and other settings
  8. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for teaching a diverse range of students in schools and collaboratively plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative piece focusing on an experience of teaching writing on a practicum (2000 words, 50%)
Design of innovative curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4857 or EDF4112

Prohibitions

EDF4406


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (Day); Ms Joanne Burke (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4860).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching and focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in science education classrooms.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research report (1000 words, 25%),
Interview and lesson plan (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Classroom presentation (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 - 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in general science and a minor sequence in one of biology, chemistry, earth science (geology), environmental science or physics together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (Day); Mrs Karen Marangio (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4859).

Synopsis

This unit broadens students thinking about learning and teaching science by introducing them to ways of engaging learners in real world science. It provides students with the opportunity to develop their planning and teaching skills and emphasises the importance of reflection and continual development of teaching practice. This unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, this unit reinforces a view that learning and teaching science is more about creating a scientifically literate community than it is about content and correct answers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  2. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  3. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  4. develop a personal approach to teaching science, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 - 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4859 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4420


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips (On-campus); Mr Stephen Cranby (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4862).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current approaches and trends in geography education, nationally and internationally and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in geography. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, policies, activities and forms of assessment for geography education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. understand the scope and purpose of school geography
  3. respond to current ideas about how students learn geography and apply them in their geography classes
  4. plan, resource, teach and assess geography lessons and activities
  5. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  6. understand the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Lesson planning sequence (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Class presentation on teaching resources (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in geography

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips (On-campus); Mr Stephen Cranby (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4861).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current trends and approaches in geography education, through a focus on the uses and applications of fieldwork, information and communication technologies, personal geographies, environmental and sustainability education, and civics and citzenship education. Students will be expected to critically examine school geography drawing on a range of national and international perspectives on geography curriculum, resources and assessment, and on learners of diverse backgrounds and abilities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. respond to current ideas about the scope and purpose of school geography and apply them in their geography classes, e.g. in relation to ICTs, sustainability, citizenship and personal geographies
  3. plan, resource, teach and assess geography field activities
  4. effectively design geography education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills
  5. understand further the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Geography fieldwork guide (2000 words, 50%)
Preparation of a teaching unit (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4861 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4407


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4864).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci: to explore human development content and curriculum in the school context and to develop teaching and learning skills including ethical knowledge for teaching health to Years 11 and 12.
Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in health and health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  3. design units of study pertaining to health education for students in Years 11 and 12.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A collaboratively designed health education unit of work for secondary school students (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence study covering the areas of health, human development, family and nutrition.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4863).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci: to explore new technologies for health education in the school context and to develop teaching and learning skills for teaching health across the school curriculum. Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health and how this can be addressed across the curriculum. It also addresses teaching models related to experiential education and how this can support health educators to set up health promoting school programs that support individuals throughout their lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of pedagogy in health education
  2. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in health education
  3. explore the use of health informatics through multimedia.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)
Open book, take home examination (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4863 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Day); Alexis Watson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4866).

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service teachers to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of an integrated program in either Australian or overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit is practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs.
The unit explores: pre-service teachers' personal philosophies and latest research on why to teach and learn about the past, multiple definitions of 'historical literacy', Australian Curriculum cross-curriculum priorities and general capabilities, Australian Curriculum: History and how it has been implemented by different government and other education authorities, civics and citizenship education and values education imperatives, strategies for engaging and purposeful lesson-planning and delivery, 'teaching by the textbook and the website', teacher-directed as well as student-centred questioning, English language proficiency and assisting students for whom English is another language when 'reading and writing' about the past, preparations for school placement, introductions to inquiry methodology, Gardner's 'multiple intelligences', Bloom's 'taxonomy' and de Bono's 'six thinking hats'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. begin to develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. begin to locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. begin to articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology, and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. begin to cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  5. begin to develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of waysincluding creatively and collaboratively
  6. begin to facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. begin to develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

History lesson learning sequence (2000 words, 50%)
History in the media: class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in history

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Day); Alexis Watson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4865).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A and continues to develop pre-service teachers' understandings and skills with regard to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of integrated programs in either Australian or overseas schools or wider educational settings. The unit continues to be practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich.
The unit embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores advanced teaching, learning and assessment strategies with emphases on 'viewing', 'listening to' and 'visiting' sources of the past, important history education resource providers at state/territory, national and international levels, studies of Asia, Indigenous and sustainability imperatives, religious studies and their connections with history education, unit planning and delivery. The unit will also examinte the Victorian Certificate of Education histories and/or Australian Curriculum, history 'senior years' documents, securing employment as history/humanities school teachers or educators in non-school history education settings, history disciplinary or education professional communities that advocate and work for high quality history education experiences for students as well as educators and strategies for responding effectively to curriculum priorities and developments as they arise.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  6. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

History resource guide (2000 words, 50%)
History unit outline (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4865 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4408


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4868)

Synopsis

This unit enables students to understand the scope of information and communication technology (ICT) education in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). It provides students with opportunities to develop their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT with a particular emphasis on the junior levels in secondary schools. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope of the ICT curriculum across secondary school levels
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the junior levels at school
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10
  4. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT
  5. identify current ideas about how students learn and some implications for their ICT classes
  6. understand the role of ICT both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. identify professional learning needs through critical reflection of practicum experiences
  8. critically engage with issues and debates surrounding ICT in education, including health, ethical and legal implications.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%)
Portfolio of resources for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in information technology

Prohibitions

EDF4115


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4867).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with opportunities to continue developing their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching information and communication technology (ICT) but with a particular emphasis on senior levels in secondary schooling. This includes: the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas, to create and communicate, to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy. The unit also considers how we can sustain professional learning and the role of the ICT teacher more broadly in the school and in shaping policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the senior levels at school
  2. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  3. engage with current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their ICT classes
  4. develop ways in which ICT can support teaching and learning across the school curriculum, including engagement with parents/carers and the wider school community
  5. develop strategies to identify and meet ongoing professional learning needs
  6. engage with professional networks and participate in conversations and debates pertinent to ICT education
  7. understand the instrumental role ICT teachers can take in schools including professional learning of colleagues, management of technical services and strategic planning.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%),
A sustainable system of engaging critically with resources, policy and networks for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4867 or EDF4115

Prohibitions

EDF4410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4870).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theory and practice covering various disciplines which comprise Jewish Studies. The unit introduces students to a number of issues and themes that can help them to locate Jewish Studies in its broader global context and to appreciate the dynamics of Jewish schools and Jewish schooling. The unit also focuses on developing an understanding of various models of and approaches to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of some key issues and themes relating to the theory and practice of Jewish education
  2. critically evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to teaching Jewish Studies in particular educational contexts
  3. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular areas of Jewish Studies
  4. implement techniques and strategies and use a variety of resources to develop students' literacy, numeracy and information and communication technology (ICT) skills
  5. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  6. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons from a selection of topics and areas.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Resources assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Jewish studies within a tertiary degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF4119


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4869).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the study in Semester 1 of EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A. The primary purpose of this unit is to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that underpin the teaching and learning of the various subject areas which fall under the generic heading of Jewish Studies. This unit deals with various topics, themes and issues related to the teaching of Jewish Studies in the secondary school. In addition to various pedagogical 'hands-on' aspects of teaching Jewish Studies, the unit will also deal with issues and themes of a more philosophical or theoretical nature.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons
  2. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular Jewish Studies subjects
  3. apply information and communication technologies (ICTs) to the teaching of Jewish Studies subjects
  4. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  5. appreciate the relevance of Jewish educational research to the teaching of Jewish Studies
  6. apply knowledge from other units dealing with more general aspects of educational practice to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work in Jewish Studies (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective essay (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4869 or EDF4119

Prohibitions

EDF4428


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4872).

Synopsis

This unit involves students in close examination of current research on first and second language theories linked to principles of optimal classroom pedagogy. Students will engage with global, national and Victorian policies and curriculum and assessment frameworks, and reflect on how these impact on decisions at the school and classroom levels related to the teaching and learning of languages. Students work collaboratively to explore intercultural contexts as they are realised through interaction with a range of spoken and written texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage with and apply current language curriculum and policy developments and their classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. build knowledge about current curriculum, theories and practices in languages methodology
  4. articulate an emerging languages teaching philosophy
  5. review and utilise materials for the teaching and learning of languages.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Case study (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-Year 12 study in the language (refer to student adviser for more information).

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4871).

Synopsis

This unit invites students to utilise second language acquisition research and curriculum design techniques for constructing lessons appropriate to learners' needs. Students develop an understanding of learning strategies in order to build effective practices to inform their teaching in second language competencies. They investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how languages contribute to this educative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  2. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  3. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation (2000 words, 50% overall):
(a.) issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
(b.) annotated bibliography (1000 words, 25%)
A unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4871 or EDF4117

Prohibitions

EDF4411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Margaret Fuary

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4874).

Synopsis

This unit explores current, local and international research on first and second language theories linked to P-12 principles of classroom pedagogy. Students are provided with foundations for effective teaching of languages within the perspective of the P-12 continuum. Students will develop a flexible and informed approach, selecting appropriate strategies for learner's linguistic and communicative needs. While the focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, this unit links closely with research, and builds skills in the development of integrated units of work emphasising the importance of cross-curricular planning involving classroom teachers and communities of professional practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore different approaches to languages teaching across P-12 classrooms
  3. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  4. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of P-12 language learners
  5. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  6. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use in P-12 classrooms.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Annotated bibliography of multimedia languages materials (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to course adviser for more information).

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Margaret Fuary

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4873).

Synopsis

In this unit students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a languages program in their context and the integration of such a program within the larger P-12 school curriculum. While the focus further emphasises the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, it links closely with the research in EDF4871 and EDF4872 (Languages education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). It builds skills in the development of creating integrated units of work incorporating ICT and multimedia specific to student's languages method. Students investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how second languages contribute to this process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. further explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  4. use technology as a tool for lesson, unit and syllabus design to optimise student learning
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing units of work inclusive of multimedia materials
  6. analyse and reflect on aspects of classroom practice, including teacher and learner roles, the use of teaching materials and languages teaching technology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Unit of work integrating ICT and multimedia (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4873 or EDF4117

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4876).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal studies and law-related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of legal and related studies (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4875).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal studies and law-related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4875 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hazel Tan (Day); Mrs Jennifer Halliday (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4878).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4877 and the next unit EDF4878 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both junior level (Years 7 and 10) in this unit and senior levels (Years 11 to 12) in unit EDF4878. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. plan and design lessons and units of work that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  5. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Investigative task(2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (statistics is accepted as mathematics provided it is taken within a mathematics department)

Prohibitions

EDF4116


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4877).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4878 and the previous unit EDF4877 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both senior level (Years 11 and 12) in this unit and junior levels (Years 7 to 10) in EDF4877. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in mathematics education classrooms
  6. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  7. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Analysis task (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4877 or EDF4116

Prohibitions

EDF4415


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nishta Rosunee (day); Mr Brett Lamb (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4880).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will introduce students to current debates and trends in media education. Students critically explore the different justifications for teaching media studies in secondary schools, as well as the benefits and negatives of different approaches to teaching media studies (e.g. a more vocational, 'hands on' approach, as opposed to a more theoretical approach). Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including representation, narrative, new media and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to evaluate media studies teaching resources and design and implement individual lessons and assessment tasks for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. effectively plan and teach media studies lessons for Years 7 to 12 and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  5. understand and implement effective assessment tasks for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Evaluation of teaching resources task (2000 words, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies

Prohibitions

EDF4112


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nishta Rosunee

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4879).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will further develop students' critical understandings of current trends in media education. Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including media industry, social values and the media, audience and media influence and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to design and implement sequential programs of lessons and assessment programs for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop their understanding of the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. develop sequences of lessons that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4879 or EDF4112

Prohibitions

EDF4416


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4882).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and also considers primary school music education from the viewpoint of the specialist music educator. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals.
The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on lower and middle secondary school music. The following subject EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B, will focus on senior secondary school music. It is considered appropriate to do this as many students will find themselves required to teach the majority of their first teaching placement classes in the secondary levels mentioned.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. begin to translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of practical and experiential learning and its implications for use in diverse music education situations
  4. begin to explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of curriculum and assessment in music education
  6. begin to develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  7. begin to develop a wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice and formulate a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4881).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the key ideas and methods in teaching and learning music introduced in EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on senior secondary school music. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes and approaches to music education through reflection and evaluation of both past and new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection and analysis of pedagogical reasoning. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a performative, experiential perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in diverse music education situations
  4. develop an understanding of senior secondary curriculum and assessment in music education
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. expand their understanding of the diversity of learnings and musics experienced by their students, colleagues and peers to inform their presentation of meaningful and engaging learning experiences
  7. acquire an understanding of holistic learning and teaching including the wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice in developing a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4881 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4417


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4884).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4881 and EDF4882 (Music education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). In particular, the unit explores issues and practices that surround the effective school music educator such as the establishment and management of school music departments and the teaching, conducting and management of school performance ensembles (bands, choirs, orchestras and myriad ensemble arrangements). The unit considers the support that must be provided for all music teaching and learning in educational environments including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It focuses on the interrelationships and interdependencies between school music classroom teaching and learning and music performance practices. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these areas, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. This is particularly pertinent as most students will already be experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. It will also reposition students as novice learners of unfamiliar instruments (classroom recorder, guitar, keyboards, etc.) to explore effective teaching and learning and to develop recognition of the importance of the vital connections between theory and practice. In addition, there will be discussion of the tensions inherent in advocacy issues for music both within and beyond the school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, present and manage school music ensembles and performances
  3. develop the skills and understandings to enable them to teach class instrumental music, at all times linking theory to practice
  4. develop an understanding of the challenges of positioning music within the school and the wider community.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4883).

Synopsis

This unit further develops the understandings of teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4883 Music education in the secondary years 2A. In particular, the unit explores major music methodologies such as Kodaly, Dalcroze, Yamaha and Suzuki and the possible application of these methodologies to the secondary classroom. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these methodologies, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. This experiential learning will be furthered by the students' involvement in a class musical production, the components of which will have been developed by the students themselves. Through the process of planning for and rehearsing the production, the students will experience directly the process that their own secondary school students will experience in the preparation of a school musical production.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, manage and present a school musical production
  3. expand their understanding of experiential music teaching and learning and reflect on supporting practices that can enhance school music education
  4. develop an understanding of various crucial music education methodologies and the skills to incorporate elements of these methodologies in the secondary classroom
  5. expand their understanding of the diversity of strategies, pedagogies and disciplines that will inform their work as music educators.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4883 or EDF4110

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4418


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Miss Catherine Edwards

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4886).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12. The unit will introduce students to the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education and how these shape professional practice and student learning. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. The unit will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning, leading and teaching in outdoor education. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching outdoor education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which support student learning and engagement
  5. critically reflect upon and evaluate their teaching experiences in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

Major study (48 credit points) in outdoor education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities. A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) is required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4885).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12 with a particular emphasis on VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies. The unit will critically introduce students to the historical basis of the outdoor education curriculum and how these shape contemporary professional practice and student learning. It will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning and teaching in outdoor education, and will be used to develop and refine their educational philosophy. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop curricula and refine their pedagogic skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education curriculum
  2. examine and justify the distinctive purposes and rationale for teaching VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies
  3. critically reflect on their beliefs, attitudes and experiences of outdoor education with regard to developing an educational philosophy appropriate to curriculum inquiry and critique
  4. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum content appropriate for outdoor education
  5. critically examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy that impacts upon outdoor education
  6. develop, discuss and incorporate specific assessment practices that are appropriate for outdoor education
  7. critically assess their professional readiness and needs to effectively understand and successfully implement key curriculum documents in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

EDF4885 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Hannah Blank

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4888).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7 to 12. It provides students with the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education and how these have shaped and continue to shape contemporary perspectives, paradigms of practice and student learning in physical and movement culture. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching physical education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which support student learning and engagement
  5. develop, discuss and incorporate various physical education specific assessment and reporting practices.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

A major and minor sequence (total of 72 credit points) of study in physical education which should include discipline study in human movement (e.g. anatomy, physiology, exercise physiology, biomechanics, growth and motor development, skill acquisition and psycho-social aspects of physical activity), health and nutrition and study in the skill activity areas of fundamental motor skills, ball handling, dance, games, fitness education, athletics, aquatics and sport education.
A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) and current AustSwim Teacher of Swimming and Water Safety certificate are required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4887).

Synopsis

This unit builds on physical education concepts and knowledge from the previous semester. It provides students with a continuing intellectual, theoretical and practical framing of secondary physical education, enabling students to become critically reflective and informed professionals. The focus for this unit will be on students consolidating their physical education specific professional knowledge and professional practice, while identifying and engaging in professional learning for improved practice and student learning. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum appropriate for senior physical education
  2. consolidate their understanding of professional knowledge and professional practice in physical education
  3. examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  4. develop an insight into the importance of professional learning and engagement in a changing society
  5. critically reflect and evaluate their teaching experiences in physical education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

EDF4887 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4890).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist subject in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of this first unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching physics through the continual use of critical self-reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic physics content and evidence-based teaching approaches that successfully facilitate student conceptual understanding. Pre-service teachers will also be encouraged to trial a wide variety of teaching strategies and to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques considered essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. demonstrate an understanding of a range of common alternate conceptions frequently held by students and encountered when teaching key physics topics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research report (1000 words, 25%)
Interview and lesson plan (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Class multimedia presentation (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics (includes electronics)

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4889).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the second unit is to assist pre-service teachers to develop their capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate teaching strategies, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students.The unit also aims to build an awareness and confidence in each pre-service teacher to design a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of their students to achieve the intended learning objectives of the local senior physics curriculum framework. Pre-service teachers will also research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a senior physics topic and critally reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement
  5. access and employ a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the success of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the lesson and physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Preparation of a unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4889 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4419


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4892).

Synopsis

This unit explores the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It encourages students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at senior level (Years 11 and 12) and junior level (Years 7 to 10), including within the science domain and links to other domains such as health and humanities. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate information and communication technology (ICT) to suit the school context and the students' learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Alternative conceptions (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4891).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A as it continues to explore the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It continues to encourage students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and psychology's place within secondary schools and focuses more on electronic assessment, debate, learning spaces and information technologies this semester. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate information and communication technology (ICT) to suit the school context and the students' learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4891 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4424


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (On-campus); Ms Angela Dawson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4894).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum, including civics and citizenship, history, geography, politics, international studies, sociology, cultural studies, studies of Asia, and sustainability that are taught in diverse ways in schools. Students will also critically examine relevant state and national curriculum documents.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated bibliography of teaching resources (2000 words, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in a social science area, e.g. anthropology, cultural studies, economics, environmental studies, geography, history, legal studies, philosophy, politics, sociology, together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Day); Ms Angela Dawson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4893).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum. Students will also critically examine national curriculum documents and explore examples of social education internationally, to prepare them to be teachers in other global contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia and internationally
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12, in either Australian or another global curriculum
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies (ICTs)
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4893 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nishta Rosunee (on-campus); Dr Chris Peers (off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4896).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop skills in lesson planning and to confidently approach their initial pre-service classroom experiences. It builds understanding of the ways in which visual art and design pedagogy can be considered in practical terms and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art and design teacher. The emphasis is on exploring classroom practice and curriculum design, offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art and design curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Unit of work (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nishta Rosunee

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4895).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers and their impact for conceptions of student experience.The unit takes students into a deeper experience of curriculum theory especially as it has developed through reform of the dominant curriculum models in the visual arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply concepts drawn from discipline-based art education (DBAE) and other relevant curriculum models, with critical theoretical and conceptual issues, to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4895 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4425


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4898).

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service art teachers with a heightened sense of the connections between the knowledge disciplines which inform visual art curriculum. It enables students to build skills around the development of art historical and art critical knowledge, such as research and unit preparation. The tasks involved in this unit will also enable students to learn about museum activities and the design of museum experiences for secondary school art and design students. The unit provides a rudimentary introduction to art historiography and pedagogical strategies relevant to art history and art criticism that lead students back to studio practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to discipline-based knowledge in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate art historical and art critical tasks
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for museum education in the visual arts and design fields
  4. identify important pedagogical strategies in visual art and design
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research task (2000 words, 50%)
Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4897).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers and their impact for conceptions of student experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand relevant structural issues to curriculum evaluation in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate assessment mechanisms in visual art and design
  3. consider conceptual problems relevant to the challenge of aesthetic education
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4897 or EDF4110

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4426


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4900).

Synopsis

This unit develops students' understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of the disciplines and subjects in their specialist field, with an emphasis on secondary school. Through this general method unit, students develop skills in a number of areas including lesson and unit planning, developing learning outcomes for students, differentiating the curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs, selection and preparation of appropriate teaching resources and assessment strategies and selection of appropriate content and teaching procedures for their specialist field. In the general method unit, the focus is on developing pedagogy relevant to learners in the secondary years and to the Australian Curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and apply their understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines and subjects in their specialist field, with an emphasis on the secondary school
  2. develop and share exemplars of lessons and units encompassing differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs and to meet curriculum expectations in secondary schools
  3. select and use appropriate resources and strategies for the teaching of disciplines and subjects in secondary schools in varied settings
  4. understand and utilise policy and curriculum from Australia to inform teaching and learning in the secondary years
  5. understand how to generate and implement assessment strategies and data which inform pedagogy.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated lesson plans for specialist curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Unit of work for Australian secondary curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4899).

Synopsis

This unit further develops students' understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of the disciplines and subjects in their specialist field, with an emphasis on the later years of the secondary school. In this second general method unit, students continue to develop skills in a number of areas including lesson and unit planning, developing learning outcomes for students, differentiating the curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs, selection and preparation of appropriate teaching resources and assessment strategies and selection of appropriate content and teaching procedures for their specialist field. The focus is still on developing pedagogy relevant to learners in the secondary years and to the Australian Curriculum, but also includes examples from education systems outside of the Australian context. This includes how to develop pedagogy in school systems where mainstream resources are not available, so that students are prepared to teach across the world in varied settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and apply their understanding of varied methods and practices in the teaching and learning of disciplines and subjects in their specialist field in the senior years and with an emphasis on secondary schools in varied settings
  2. develop and share examples of lessons and units encompassing differentiated curriculum and individual planning for diverse learner needs and to meet curriculum expectations in secondary schools in varied settings
  3. select and use appropriate resources and strategies for the teaching of disciplines and subjects in secondary schools in varied settings
  4. understand and utilise policy and curriculum from Australia and elsewhere to inform teaching and learning in the secondary years
  5. understand how to generate and implement assessment data and strategies which inform pedagogy.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated lesson plans for meeting diverse learner needs in specialist curriculum (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)
Portfolio of strategies utilising information and communication technologies (ICTs) (can include individual and/or group work) (2000 words or equivalent per student, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF5152) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

A 16,000 word dissertation is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5152).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in EDF5151 will usually occur when students have successfully completed the compulsory research unit. However, students may, with the written agreement of the course adviser, undertake a thesis before completing all the coursework requirements.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF5151) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. Select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. Design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. Select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. Consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. Implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. Prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

A 16,000 word dissertation is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in EDF5152 will usually occur when students have successfully completed EDF5151.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

A 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151 and EDF5152).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in EDF5153 will usually occur when, due to extenuating circumstances, students require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made, and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF5153.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is a research study, focusing on a particular theory or issue in the field of education, undertaken with guidance and support from the supervisor. Students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence during their research study. All honours students are required to present their research proposal at a research seminar. The honours thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Honours yhesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the doctorate programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

A 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF5151, EDF5152 and EDF5153).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in EDF5154 will usually occur when, due to extenuating circumstances, students require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made, and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF5154.